Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Insurance - Brokers / Troy Resources Limited

Troy Resources Limited

try · LSE Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker try
Exchange LSE
Sector Financial Services
Industry Insurance - Brokers
Employees 1-10
← All annual reports
FY2022 Annual Report · Troy Resources Limited
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
TR PROPERTY INVESTMENT TRUST PLC

Annual Report
31-03-2022

Financial statements
72 

 Group Statement of Comprehensive 
Income

73    Group and Company Statement of 

Changes in Equity
 Group and Company Balance Sheets
 Group and Company Cash Flow 
Statements
 Notes to the Financial Statements

74 
75 

76 

Glossary and AIFMD disclosure
102  Glossary and AIFM disclosure

Notice of AGM
106   Notice of Annual General Meeting
111   Explanation of Notice of Annual 

General Meeting

Shareholder information
114   Directors and Other Information
115   General Shareholder Information
117   Investing in TR Property Investment 

Trust plc
119  How to Invest

Overview
1    Company Summary
2     Financial Highlights and Performance
3    Historical Performance

Strategic report
4    Chairman’s Statement
 Manager’s Report
7   
15  Portfolio
16 
 Investment Portfolio by Country
17    Twelve Largest Equity Investments
21 
22 
22  Business Model
23    Strategy and Investment Policies
24   Key Performance Indicators
26    Principal and Emerging Risks and 

Investment Properties
Investment Objective and Benchmark

Uncertainties
30   Long-Term Viability
32   Responsible Investment

Governance
40  Directors
42   Managers
43   Report of the Directors
46   Corporate Governance Report
52    Report of the Nomination Committee
54    Report of the Management 
Engagement Committee
56    Directors’ Remuneration Report
59    Report of the Audit Committee
62    Statement of Directors’ 

Responsibilities in Relation to the 
Group Financial Statements
63    Independent Auditor’s Report to  
the Members of TR Property 
Investment Trust plc

2

TR Property Investment TrustTR Property Investment Trust plc

The investment objective of TR Property Investment Trust 
plc is to maximise shareholders’ total returns by investing 
in the shares and securities of property companies and 
property related businesses internationally and also in 
investment property located in the UK.

Introduction
TR Property Investment Trust plc (the ‘Company’ or the 
‘Trust’) was formed in 1905 and has been a dedicated 
property investor since 1982. The Company is an 
Investment Trust and its shares are premium listed on 
the London Stock Exchange.

Benchmark
The benchmark is the FTSE EPRA/NAREIT Developed 
Europe Capped Net Total Return Index in Sterling.

Investment policy
The Company seeks to achieve its objective by 
investing in shares and securities of property 
companies and property related businesses on an 
international basis, although, with a pan-European 
benchmark, the majority of the investments will be 
located in that geographical area. The Company also 
invests in investment property located in the UK only.

Further details of the Investment Policies, the Asset 
Allocation Guidelines and policies regarding the use of 
gearing are set out in the Strategic Report on page 23 
and the entire portfolio is shown on page 16.

Investment manager
BMO Investment Business Limited acts as the 
Company’s alternative investment fund manager 
(‘AIFM’) with portfolio management delegated to 
Thames River Capital LLP (the ‘Portfolio Manager’ or 
the ‘Manager’). Marcus Phayre-Mudge has managed 
the portfolio since 1 April 2011 and been part of the 
Fund Management team since 1997.

Independent board
The Directors are all independent of the Manager 
and meet regularly to consider investment strategy, 
to monitor adherence to the stated objective and 
investment policies and to review investment 
performance. Details of how the Board operates and 
fulfils its responsibilities are set out in the Report of the 
Directors on page 43.

Performance
The Financial Highlights for the current year are set out 
on page 2 and Historical Performance can be found on 
page 3. Key Performance Indicators are set out in the 
Strategic Report on pages 24 and 25.

Retail investors advised by IFAs
The Company currently conducts its affairs so that 
its shares can be recommended by Independent 
Financial Advisers (‘IFAs’) in the UK to retail investors 
in accordance with the Financial Conduct Authority 
(‘FCA’) rules in relation to non-mainstream investment 
products and intends to continue to do so. The  
shares are excluded from the FCA’s restrictions,  
which apply to non-mainstream investment  
products, because they are shares in an authorised  
investment trust company.

Further information
General shareholder information and details of how to 
invest in the Company, including an investment through 
an ISA or saving scheme, can be found on pages 114 
onwards. This information can also be found  
on the Company’s website www.trproperty.com

1

Annual Report & Accounts 2022OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsGlossary and AIFMD disclosureNotice of AGMShareholder informationFinancial highlights and performance

Balance Sheet

Net asset value per share
Shareholders’ funds (£’000)

Shares in issue at the end of the year (m)
Net debt¹,6

Share Price
Share price
Market capitalisation

Revenue

Revenue earnings per share

Dividends²

Interim dividend per share
Final dividend per share
Total dividend per share

Performance: Assets and Benchmark
Net Asset Value total return3,6

Benchmark total return6
Share price total return4,6

Ongoing Charges5,6
Including performance fee
Excluding performance fee

Excluding performance fee and direct property costs

Year ended
31 March
2022

Year ended
31 March
2021

492.43p
1,562,739

 317.4 
10.2%

417.97p
1,326,433

317.4
16.5%

Change

+17.8%
+17.8%

0.0%

456.50p
£1,449m

392.50p
£1,246m

+16.3%
+16.3%

Year ended
31 March
2022

Year ended
31 March
2021

Change

13.69p

12.25p

+11.8%

+1.9%
+2.2%
+2.1%

5.30p
9.20p
14.50p

+21.4%

+12.2%
+19.9%

+2.19%
+0.60%

+0.58%

5.20p
9.00p
14.20p

+20.7%

+15.9%
+28.3%

1.40%
0.65%

0.63%

1.  Net debt is the total value of loan notes, loans (including notional exposure to CFDs) less cash as a proportion of net asset value.

2.   Dividends per share are the dividends in respect of the financial year ended 31 March 2022. An interim dividend of 5.30p was paid on 14 January 2022. A final 
dividend of 9.20p (2021: 9.00p) will be paid on 2 August 2022 to shareholders on the register on 24 June 2022. The shares will be quoted ex-dividend on  
23 June 2022.

3.   The NAV Total Return for the year is calculated by reinvesting the dividends in the assets of the Company from the relevant ex-dividend date. Dividends are deemed 

to be reinvested on the ex-dividend date as this is the protocol used by the Company’s benchmark and other indices.

4.  The Share Price Total Return is calculated by reinvesting the dividends in the shares of the Company from the relevant ex-dividend date.

5.   Ongoing Charges are calculated in accordance with the AIC methodology. The Ongoing Charges ratios provided in the Company’s Key Information Document are 

calculated in line with the PRIIPs regulation which is different to the AIC methodology.

6.  Considered to be an Alternative Performance Measure as defined on pages 102 and 103.

2

TR Property Investment TrustHistorical performance

for the year ended 31 March 2022

Performance for  
the year:

Total Return (%)

NAV(A)

Benchmark(B)
Share Price(C)

Shareholders’ funds 
(£’m)
Total
Ordinary shares
Sigma shares(D)

Ordinary shares
Net revenue (pence 
per share)

Earnings
Dividends(E)
NAV per share 
(pence)

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

-8.5

-8.9
-9.5

588
470
118

21.5

17.8
25.8

684
684
-

22.4

14.9
37.7

28.3

23.3
29.5

8.2

5.4
-1.6

8.0

6.5
9.1

15.5

10.2
25.5

9.1

5.6
6.2

-11.5

-14.0
-16.8

20.7

15.9
28.3

21.4

12.2
19.9

809
809
-

1,010
1,010
-

1,065
1,065
-

1,118
1,118
-

1,256
1,256
-

1,328
1,328
-

1,136
1,136
-

1,326
1,326
-

1,563
1,563
-

7.07
6.60
183.60

6.74
7.00
215.25

8.09
7.45
254.94

8.89
7.70
318.12

8.36
8.35
335.96

11.38
10.50
352.42

13.22
12.20
395.64

14.58
13.50
418.54

14.62
14.00
358.11

12.25
14.20
417.97

13.69
14.50
492.43

Share price (pence)

154.50

186.30

247.50

310.50

297.50

314.50

382.50

394.00

317.50

392.50

456.50

Indices of growth 
(rebased at 31 March 2012)
Share price(F)
Net Asset Value(G)

Dividend Net(E)
RPI
Benchmark(H)

100
100

100
100
100

121
117

106
103
113

160
139

113
106
121

201
173

117
107
145

193
183

127
108
149

204
192

159
112
154

248
215

185
116
165

255
228

205
118
169

206
195

212
122
141

254
228

215
123
160

295
268

218
134
176

Figures have been prepared in accordance with UK-adopted international accounting standards.
(A) The NAV Total Return for each year is calculated by reinvesting the dividends in the assets of the Company from the relevant ex-dividend date. Dividends are 

deemed to be reinvested at the ex-dividend date as this is the protocol used by the Company’s benchmark and other indices. This is considered to be an Alternative 
Performance Measure as defined on pages 102 and 103.

(B)  Benchmark Index: composite index comprising the FTSE EPRA/NAREIT Developed Europe TR Index up to March 2013, and thereafter the FTSE EPRA/NAREIT 

Developed Europe Capped Index. Source: Thames River Capital.

(C) The Share Price Total Return is calculated by reinvesting the dividends in the shares of the Company from the relevant ex-dividend date.

(D) The Sigma share class was launched in 2007 and Sigma shares were redesignated as Ordinary shares on 17 December 2012.

(E) Dividends per share in the year to which their declaration relates and not the year they were paid.

(F) Share prices only. These do not reflect dividends paid.

(G)Capital only values. These do not reflect dividends paid.

(H)Price only value of the indices set out in (B) above.

3

Annual Report & Accounts 2022OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsGlossary and AIFMD disclosureNotice of AGMShareholder informationChairman’s statement

In a year dominated by 
volatility and powerful  
global macroeconomic  
and political themes, I'm 
pleased to report a year  
of healthy performance.  
Our NAV total return for  
the year was 21.4% against  
a benchmark of 12.2%

David Watson
CHAIRMAN

4

Introduction
The year was again dominated by powerful global macro-
economic and political themes, propelling the market 
in the first half and depressing it in the second. Spring 
2021 saw broadly-based market optimism through the 
continuation of broad post vaccine recovery across all 
economies, aided by the sustained dovish response from 
central banks. As inflationary pressures built towards the 
second half, particularly due to supply chain disruption 
and increasingly tight labour markets, investors began 
to build in expectation of increases in base rates and 
consequently, credit spreads as expectations of global 
growth moderated or evaporated. The central investment 
theme became inflationary concerns, with the key 
questions being its degree of permanence and the 
various key central banks’ responses. Towards the end of 
the financial year, risk was elevated further by the tragic 
events and unfolding humanitarian disaster in Ukraine. 
For global equity markets the cold-hearted financial 
repercussions are manifold, evidenced through the rising 
prices of energy and the supply and price of a range of 
other hard and soft commodities which were mined, 
refined or grown in abundance in Ukraine. The longer-
term impact of Russian aggression on commodity prices 
and global trade and energy flows are only now starting 
to be understood.

It may therefore seem somewhat surprising that against 
that back drop I am able to report a year of healthy 
performance for the Company. Our net asset value 
total return was +21.4%, well ahead of the benchmark 
return of +12.2%. The share price total return at +19.9% 
was slightly behind the underlying asset growth, as the 
discount between the share price and the NAV widened 
just before the year end.

At the half year, I highlighted that our Manager continued 
to focus on the most sustainable income and had further 
tilted the portfolio towards index-linked income. This 
continued to be the case in the second half and helped 
drive relative performance. Real estate has good inflation 
protecting attributes, not least that the vast majority 
of our income is, to varying degrees, explicitly linked to 
national inflation indices. Inevitably, it is not just public 
market investors who have realised the attraction of 
steady real income growth. Private equity investment into 
real estate continues to be elevated and there has been 
much merger and acquisition activity which is detailed 
later in the report. The consequences for the Company 
are twofold. In the short term, we have made sizeable 
gains from our stakes in those companies which have 
been taken private or merged. Secondly, investors have 
responded, recognising that if listed property companies 
share prices are left to drift well below asset value then 
the private market will swoop in. This remains a critical 
and valuable underpin.

TR Property Investment TrustRevenue outlook
Our Manager is feeling comfortable about the 
Company's revenue outlook. Dividends announced 
for the first quarter are showing increases on the prior 
year. Many of our investee companies have medium 
term debt arrangements secured when interest rates 
were at historic lows and so will not immediately feel 
the impact of higher interest rates. Further ahead, 
this will become more of an issue if higher rates 
persist. Our own income tax rate will also increase 
for the 2022/23 financial year. As always, the Board 
will keep an eye to the longer term, but having built 
up the revenue reserve over many years, we feel it is 
appropriate to maintain dividend levels where we can 
easily do so provided a longer term fall in income is 
not expected. After the final dividend set out above, 
the revenue reserve will be 11.37p per share.

Revenue results and dividend
Earnings for the year were 13.69p per share, 12% 
higher than the previous year (12.25p) but still almost 
6% behind pre COVID-19 levels. 

As anticipated in the Half Year Report, earnings 
for the second half were lower than in the previous 
year. This was partly because of one-off items in the 
second half of the year to March 2021 which did not 
recur and partly because of the significant changes in 
dividend timetables seen through the year but which 
largely impacted the second half. Many companies 
moved to more frequent and smaller distributions, 
which reduced income in comparison to the prior year 
due simply to timing. More details are set out in the 
Manager’s Report.

These factors mask a positive underlying trend and, 
as described above, our Manager has focused the 
portfolio on sources of sustainable income. The 
Board is therefore pleased to announce an increase 
in the final dividend to 9.20p (2021: 9.00p) bringing 
the full year dividend to 14.50p, an increase of just 
over 2%. This will require a small contribution from 
the Company's revenue reserve. We highlighted in the 
last Annual Report that we expected that this would 
be the case and that the Board was happy to employ 
some of the revenue reserve, providing a return to 
pre COVID-19 income levels could be expected in the 
medium term.

Ordinary Share Class Performance: Total Return over 10 years (rebased)

Benchmark Total Return 

TR Property Share Price Total Return  

TR Property Net Asset Value Total Return 

500.00

450.00

400.00

350.00

300.00

250.00

200.00

150.00

100.00

50.00

0.00

Mar-12

Mar-13

Mar-14

Mar-15

Mar-16

Mar-17

Mar-18

Mar-19

Mar-20

Mar-21

Mar-22

5

Annual Report & Accounts 2022OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsGlossary and AIFMD disclosureNotice of AGMShareholder informationChairman’s statement
continued

Net Debt and Currencies
The opening gearing position was 16.5% and closed 
at 10.2%. It fluctuated over the year between these 
levels as the gearing was actively managed. Our debt 
portfolio gives us considerable flexibility to increase 
and decrease gearing levels quickly and this has 
proved beneficial yet again.

Sterling has traded in a narrow range against 
the Euro throughout the year and it closed only 
fractionally stronger at the end of the year, so 
currencies have not been a significant factor  
in this year’s results.

Discount and Share Repurchases
From the starting point of 6.1% the discount, for 
the most part, gradually narrowed in the period up 
to the beginning of 2022 and then traded at a small 
premium through January. With the invasion of 
Ukraine and a general worsening of sentiment, the 
shares moved back to a discount, its widest at 9.9% 
and closing the year at 7.4%. The discount average 
for the year was 3.4%. This meant that the share 
price return was slightly behind the NAV return. 

No share buy-backs or issues were made during  
the year.

Awards
The Company was the winner of in the Specialist 
Equities category of the Citywire Investment Trust 
Awards for the second year running. It has also 
been awarded ratings with a number of platforms 
and publications and these are included in the 
shareholder information section later in this report.

Outlook
The era of cheap money is coming to an end. Inflation 
is surging and central banks are reversing their balance 
sheet expansion that has defined the period following  
the Global Financial Crisis. Consequently, bond markets 
are volatile and real (as opposed to nominal) yields  
on duration debt are getting even more negative.  
Inflation protected income is becoming harder to find  
so index-linked property income should remain attractive. 
However, rising interest costs are clearly a headwind  
for any leveraged asset class. 

Our strategy remains the same, identifying asset classes 
and sub-markets where demand outstrips supply and 
where rents are capable of rising. Build cost inflation and 
the regulatory/social pressure to build more sustainably 
(higher upfront cost, but lower long-term maintenance 
and running costs) has squeezed development margins. 
Our Manager expects a subdued development cycle in 
many markets and a reduction in risk of oversupply must 
be a positive in the medium term. We continue to seek 
more exposure to asset classes where rebuild costs are 
well above the current prescribed asset values. Equity 
market volatility is providing us with some of these 
opportunities in the listed space and we hope to enlarge 
our physical property portfolio based on the same 
investment thesis.

David Watson
Chairman
13 June 2022

6

TR Property Investment TrustManager’s report

Although the economic 
outlook remains unsettled,
property assets, particularly 
where the income is index-
linked, should remain 
relatively attractive despite 
rising interest costs.

Marcus Phayre-Mudge
FUND MANAGER

Performance
The Net Asset Value total return for the year to the end of 
March 2022 was +21.4%, ahead of the benchmark total 
return of +12.2%. 

The Spring and Summer of 2021 saw a benign backdrop 
of continuing monetary policy largesse from central banks 
coupled with an improving outlook for all economies and 
this bode well for many parts of the real estate landscape. 
Share prices across our universe responded accordingly 
and our NAV grew by 14% from April to August. Post 
the summer holidays investors increasingly fretted over 
the themes of a global slowdown (breakdown in supply 
chains, COVID-19 impacted manufacturing capabilities 
in Asia) coupled with rising wage and energy costs. All 
of which heightened the risk of stagflation. Share price 
volatility increased hugely and we experienced 20% swings 
in the value of the benchmark between the beginning of 
September and the end of November. Such large swings in 
sentiment reflected the changes in expectation of central 
banks’ behaviour. In simple terms – would they turn 
hawkish (and at what pace) to help control these renewed 
inflationary pressures. The last phase of the financial year 
(December to March) was marked by a steady decline in 
real estate equity prices as the expectation of multiple rate 
rises by the US Federal Reserve and the Bank of England 
alongside more hawkish rhetoric from the European 
Central Bank was priced in. The last month of the financial 
year was, of course, overshadowed by the terrible events 
in Ukraine immediately adding to energy and other raw 
material inflation expectations. 

What I have summarised here is the performance of 
pan-European real estate equities over the 12 months to 
the end of March rather than underlying property values. 
Share prices are volatile and react quickly to macro 
driven sentiment. Underlying real estate values tend to 
adjust when the price of capital changes, as opposed to 
the expectation of future price changes. They are also 
anchored much more locally being dependent on the 
expectation of local rental growth or contraction. Spreads 
have widened and debt costs are increasing but they remain 
historically low and crucially, at the moment, debt is still 
readily available. As I warned in last year’s Annual Report, 
if equity markets allow listed companies to trade on large 
discounts to their implicit asset value then private vehicles 
(who can operate with higher leverage and hence a lower 
cost of capital) will take them private. This has been a 
key theme this year and the Company's performance has 
benefited from a number of transactions. Expectation of 
capital growth amongst private owners (be it institutional 
or retail investors) is much more important to underlying 
pricing than the gyrations of publicly listed share prices. It is 
encouraging to see transaction volumes and private market 
optimism normalise in many of our sub-markets and this is 
examined in more detail later in the report.

7

Annual Report & Accounts 2022OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsGlossary and AIFMD disclosureNotice of AGMShareholder informationManager’s report
continued

The portfolio positioning had been heavily adjusted 
in the immediate ‘post vaccine’ period (Q4 2020, Q1 
2021) essentially closing the underweight to European 
shopping centres and renewing exposure to office 
markets with shorter commute times (i.e. a focus on 
the smaller cities, not London and Paris). The year under 
review saw that process extended, with the portfolio 
further concentrating on capturing the impact of three 
key trends. Firstly, those sectors likely to experience 
the greatest rental growth in a recovering economic 
environment such as logistics, industrial, self-storage 
and prime office development continue to be heavily 
represented in the portfolio. Secondly, security of income 
is crucial. Private rented residential property continues 
to enjoy virtually full occupancy, particularly in Germany 
and Sweden where rents remain heavily regulated (and 
at sub-market levels). The final theme was inflation 
protection and seeking to own explicitly index-linked, 
high quality income across a broad range of sectors. This 
latter theme overlaps with the residential focus given the 
highly defensive nature of the earnings.

All of these themes were drivers of relative 
outperformance alongside the positive impact of 
numerous merger and acquisition ('M&A') situations 
over the year (that activity will be detailed later in the 
report). However, it is important to clarify that the listed 
German residential names have - with one exception - 
performed relatively poorly this year. The sector saw the 
largest piece of M&A activity with the cash takeover of 
Deutsche Wohnen by Vonovia and this was extensively 
reviewed in the Half Year Report. We have remained loyal 
to our central view that Berlin residential property values 
will continue to outperform the rest of Germany with a 
continued supply/demand imbalance. Phoenix Spree 
Deutschland (total return +18%) was the performance 
outlier over the year and ensured that our German 
residential portfolio contributed positively to our relative 
outperformance of the benchmark.

Offices
The vast majority of office workers have now returned 
to the office, at least part of the time. The longer term 
consequences of the dramatic increase in remote 
working since 2020 are still evolving. However, we are 
increasingly confident of a number of key features which 
either pre-existed or have emerged. The first is all around 
optionality. Most office workers to a greater or lesser 
extent can work remotely. This optionality means that the 
office environment must become more attractive and/or 
more efficient than the alternative for workers. This need 
for a better quality workplace coincides with businesses 
becoming increasingly focused on their environmental 
footprint. At the same time government regulation 
across the developed world is driving energy efficiency 
improvements. The net result will be an increase in 
demand (and the rent achieved) for ‘green’ buildings, in 

8

the right locations offering state of the art amenities. 
There is already a clear polarisation in favour of CBD 
(central business districts) over decentralised or 
suburban markets. Central Paris saw take up of +49% 
year on year, a drop in immediate supply of 17% over 
2020 with vacancy at 3% driving rents up, whilst the 
Western Crescent and La Defense saw rents fall and 
incentives increase. London experienced a very similar 
picture with the West End, Midtown and the City seeing 
Q4 2021 take up of 3.8m sq ft, a 7 year quarterly high. 
The total take up for 2021 was 10m sq ft, 65% ahead of 
2020. Docklands and other suburban markets did not 
experience this level of improving statistics. Investors 
remain bullish, Knight Frank ('KF') reported a fourfold 
increase in Q1, 2022 on the corresponding quarter of 
2021 with £5.8bn of transactions (versus £1.2bn).

Savills produced a detailed research note in March 2022, 
predicting reductions in office space demand across all 
European cities to varying degrees. We have sympathy 
with the overall expectation but the crucial point is the 
other side of the equation. If this demand is very focused 
on quality, where is that supply coming from? If we look 
at the UK’s six regional markets (to avoid only discussing 
London) we see all six cities as having less than two years’ 
supply. Cost inflation and the inability to tie down risk 
pricing with contractors results in reduced speculative 
construction which will exacerbate the problem. 

KF's M25 report for Q4 2021 highlights technology, media 
and telecom (TMT) and Life Science tenant demand but 
generally subdued take up levels versus pre-pandemic 
levels. Oxford and Cambridge continue to experience 
strong rental growth but Reading, Uxbridge and St Albans 
saw little, given greater supply of new buildings. The 
traditional occupiers of these strong satellite towns are in 
the throes of assessing their office needs. One would have 
expected the investment market to also reflect this ‘pause 
for thought’ but this has not been the case. According to KF, 
South East office volumes reached £4bn in 2021, a record 
for the region and 45% ahead of the long term average. 
International buyers dominated but they generally have a 
longer investment horizon than local buyers. The build cost 
inflation we are now seeing may well prove that buying high 
quality existing assets was a very sensible strategy.

Retail
Negative sentiment towards this sector had begun 
to soften as the post pandemic retail environment 
experienced the predicted recovery in sales and footfall. 
Across Europe, consumers had rebuilt savings (or 
reduced debt) over the last two years and the re-opening 
statistics didn’t disappoint the optimists. However, 
looking forward the investment community is trying 
to establish the likely sales volumes post this initial 
re-opening surge. All the major firms of valuers are 
reporting stability in yields over the last few quarters 

TR Property Investment Trustacross both shopping centres and high streets for both 
prime and secondary assets. This may well appear 
optimistic as it is based on low volumes but the number 
of deals is increasing and we are confident of much 
higher transaction volumes in 2022 than 2021. 

The one area of real valuation recovery has been retail 
warehousing. The last year has seen an extraordinarily 
competitive landscape in this sub-sector with yields 
compressing over 1% at the prime end and even more 
amongst secondary assets. What is understandable is 
that where tenant demand/affordability has been proven 
then investors are happy to own. As retailing evolves into a 
seamless ‘clicks and bricks’ omnichannel experience, retail 
parks are a key part of the value chain for the retailers. If 
the retailer can offer a fast and efficient ‘click and collect’ 
service which the customer is happy to use, then the sales 
margins from selling online improve materially. It is the 
‘last mile’ delivery which is so cost inefficient. 

The outlook for large, regional shopping centres remains 
uncertain. The vast majority are too big for their market in 
an omnichannel world. Owners are seeking to demolish 
part or repurpose to non-traditional uses, in many cases 
trying to redefine themselves as a community hub as 
opposed to just a covered retailing arena. The strategy 
feels correct but the costs of conversion and the inability 
of new users to pay anything like the previous rents 
will lead to subdued returns. However, there has been 
some price discovery with high profile examples such 
as Hammerson’s sale of Silverburn in Glasgow and a 
wide range of smaller transactions across Europe from 
Eurocommercial, Klepierre and Unibail providing evidence 
that buyers believe that rents are stabilising.

Industrial and Logistics
2021 was yet another record year in terms of take up, capital 
value growth and, all importantly, further shrinkage in the 
amount of vacancy. The UK market saw take up exceed 50 
million sq ft and vacancy is now below 3% across the whole 
range of ‘big box’ unit sizes. Like for like rental growth for 
Segro’s portfolio was in excess of 5% and this has driven 
yields nationwide down 75-100 bps leading to huge capital 
growth. Yet urban logistics has been even hotter, with 
investors focused on the supply inelasticity of infill markets. 
Greater London prime industrial transactional evidence 
now regularly sees equivalent yields (i.e. based off market 
rents which are higher than passing rents) of less than 3%. 
This price inflation has been fuelled by evidence of another 
year of rental growth exceeding 10%. Segro reported rental 
growth averaging 13.1% in its UK portfolio during 2021. 
Savills estimate that inner London rents have moved 25% in 
the last year alone.

UK industrial transaction volumes reached £16.7bn in 
2021, 113% growth on 2020 and 152% growth on the five 
year average. Given such an acceleration we must closely 

watch the fundamentals, there may well be capital seeking 
deployment without due consideration. However, for now, 
the demand/supply imbalance at the occupier level is driving 
rental growth. The entire UK industrial market recorded a 
drop in available space to 18.1million sq ft, a contraction of 
one third over the year. No wonder rents are rising.

On the Continent, we have also seen market rental growth 
outstrip annual indexation. This is set to continue even with 
the printing of record high annualised inflation of 5.1%. 
Segro are the only fully pan-European listed player and they 
reported 4.1% like for like rental growth across Continental 
Europe for 2021. We remain confident that in many key 
markets this level of growth will be exceeded in 2022. Across 
Continental Europe, online sales penetration now averages 
15-18%, still a long way behind the UK at c.28%. Shortening 
supply chains and reshoring has driven demand in cheaper 
markets such as Poland. Savills European Logistics Survey 
2021 showed that 46% of all occupiers canvassed expected 
to increase their warehouse requirements over the next year. 

Availability continues to shrink, with vacancy down from 
5.1% to 3.5%, with record low levels in Dublin (1.1%), the 
Netherlands (3.3%), Czech Republic (1.7%) and take up 
levels well ahead of decade averages with Madrid (+9%), 
Poland (+13%) and the Netherlands (+10%). For the best 
space, rents are responding very rapidly and we expect 
average rental growth to exceed 5% across the Continent.
However, in early May this year (post the year end) 
Amazon announced a dramatic pause in its expansion 
programme. Whilst we believe that these comments 
were focused on their domestic US market, it has caused 
reverberations across all logistics/ecommerce real estate 
markets. Major owners and developers such as Segro and 
Tritax point to full orderbooks and strong transactional 
evidence, forward looking equity markets took fright. 
Share prices of these two names are down 22% and 17% 
respectively, calendar year to date.

Residential
This sector remains a strong store of value. In the 
short-term capital values should be impacted by rising 
interest rate expectations. For PRS (private rental sector) 
this uncertainty (along with the broader geo-political 
backdrop) has probably encouraged would be buyers to 
remain renters in the near term. Occupancy rates remain 
at record levels across both open-market rental markets 
(UK, Finland) and regulated rental markets (Germany and 
Sweden). In the latter group of companies, we expect 
below market rents to assist in maintaining affordability 
even as energy costs rise and consumption is squeezed. 
Rent is not a bill which can be reduced particularly when 
it is below market. We are not predicting greater vacancy 
(the structural issues of demand/supply disequilibrium 
are still there) but we are mindful of the potential for 
slower rental growth. 

9

Annual Report & Accounts 2022OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsGlossary and AIFMD disclosureNotice of AGMShareholder informationManager’s report
continued

This cost of energy crisis will accelerate the need to 
improve the energy efficiency of all residential stock. This 
is particularly an issue in Germany where so much of the 
housing stock owned by the listed companies requires 
upgrading, coupled with the need to find alternatives 
to Russian gas (the major domestic energy source). 
The cost of these improvements will ultimately be split 
between the state, the landlord and the tenant. The 
outstanding question is in what proportions. There is 
certainly no ‘one size fits all’ solution but if the bulk of this 
energy efficiency expenditure is subsidised by the state 
and the landlord can, in addition, gain a return on their 
share of the investment via higher rents (and reduced 
energy bills), this doesn’t have to be a bear investment 
case for this sector.

Although these potential headwinds are well flagged, 
underlying house (and apartment) prices continue to rise 
driven by affordability. Mortgage rates, whilst rising, are 
still very low by historical standards and wage inflation is 
feeding through, which drives affordability. Major cities 
such as Berlin and Stockholm where there is very little 
new supply continue to see values rising at c.1% per 
month. According to JLL, there was an 11.6% year on 
year increase in Berlin condominium prices. 

Alternatives
The record occupancy increases and rate growth in self 
storage recorded through the pandemic will undoubtably 
slow. However, we are confident that growth will continue, 
fuelled by the structural drivers of commercial usage (last 
mile, business to consumer, supply chain resilience) and 
increasing awareness of the product from residential 
customers. The Self Storage Association UK reported further 
occupancy growth across all its members. This remains a 
highly fragmented sector with over 1,900 separate sites and 
only 30% are operated by ‘large’ operators (defined as those 
with 10 or more stores). The marketing advantage for the 
largest operators (the listed companies) is very valuable, 
ensuring that almost all potential customers searching via 
the internet (the vast majority) will see an offer from one or 
more of the largest operators.

Healthcare property had a tougher year. Those focused 
on primary healthcare have the benefit of rental underpin 
(directly or indirectly) from the state however, in the case of 
the UK, rental growth risks being at sub-inflation levels due to 
its deferred reference point (historic build cost). In Continental 
Europe, the exposure of poor care and financial irregularities 
at Orpea, a large listed nursing home operator has highlighted 
(amongst many things) the meagre margins which these 
businesses are run off. A state investigation is underway 
by the French authorities and we maintain very minimal 
exposure to this underlying operator. The vast majority of 
our Continental European healthcare exposure is in the 
Netherlands and Belgium rather than France.

10

Purpose built student accommodation (PBSA) has fared 
better as students clearly want the campus experience 
and value for money. The structural fundamentals remain 
sound underpinned by the combination of the growing 
numbers of students (post the recent demographic 
dip) coupled with the desire to live in better quality 
accommodation than previous student generations. 
According to UCAS, 30% of first year students live in 
PBSA and this has increased from 22% five years ago. 
An encouraging growth rate. Another 40% start their 
university life in halls of residence but that percentage 
has remained static over the same period, reflecting 
the lack of capacity or capability for universities to 
add to their own residential real estate portfolios. 
Cushman Wakefield have identified 681,000 student 
accommodation beds across the UK with a net increase 
of just 21,000 over 2020/21. Q1 2022 data has also 
revealed a marked slowdown in planning applications  
for new PBSA units. Importantly, quality is a key priority 
with prices up by 17% since 2019/20 for those with en 
suite bathrooms. 

We continue to hold Unite (UK) and Xior (Belgium, Spain) and 
note the recent takeover of American Campus Communities, 
an $8bn market cap US student accommodation REIT by 
Blackstone. Yet another privatisation.

Debt and Equity Markets
Debt markets continued to be supportive for real estate 
companies throughout the year under review, with central 
banks continuing to provide support through quantitative 
easing and bond purchases as well as maintaining very 
low rates. The start of 2022 brought a change in investor 
attitude with a marked shift in expectation of more 
hawkish behaviour from central banks, led by the US 
Federal Reserve. Reviewing listed European real estate 
debt issuance, we may well look back on the €20.9bn 
raised in 2021 (alongside the €23bn in 2017) as record 
years unlikely to be seen again as the cycle of rising rates 
evolves during 2022 and beyond. German residential 
businesses were again busy customers of the bond 
market with Vonovia’s cheapest deal raising €1,250m at 
0.25% for a 7 year bond; whilst they also raised 30 year 
money (€750m) at 1.625%. LEG, their smaller competitor, 
managed 0.875% for 12 years raising €500m.

Equity markets were also very busy with the ‘deal sheet’ 
highlight being the record breaking €8bn rights issue by 
Vonovia, required to fund the acquisition of Deutsche 
Wohnen. Logistics businesses were once again avid 
raisers of capital, given their premium rated paper. Tritax 
Bigbox raised £350m, Eurobox £215m, VGP €300m and 
Aberdeen European Logistics £45m. Elsewhere equity 
raisings were focused on stocks with strong underlying 
income with LXI raising twice in the year (totalling 
£225m) alongside fellow index linked income play 
Supermarket Income Reit raising £200m. The latter name 

TR Property Investment Trusthas already come back to the market shortly after the 
year end. Healthcare falls into this secure income camp 
with the UK’s Target Healthcare (£125m) and Assura 
(£182m) seizing the moment alongside Belgium listed 
Aedifica (€285m).

Whilst considerable primary issuance added to the size 
of the listed real estate sector, this capital inflow was 
dwarfed by the record breaking amount of M&A activity 
which in the majority of cases led to privatisation and 
shrinkage in the sector’s market capitalisation.

Investment Activity – property shares
Turnover (purchases and sales divided by two) totalled 
£549m equating to 36% of the average net assets over 
the year. This is, coincidentally, the same as last year’s 
equivalent figure (36%) which itself was slightly ahead 
of the year to March 2020 (32%). It has therefore now 
been three years of elevated portfolio rotation due to 
a combination of market volatility, sector rotation and, 
importantly, M&A activity.

Last year, this section of the report highlighted several 
moves by private equity ('PE') into the listed space with PE 
firms such as Brookfield buying into British Land and KKR 
into Great Portland Estates (now called GPE). Starwood 
had taken RDI (market cap £325m) private in February 
2021and this turned out to be a precursor to the elevated 
levels of activity seen thereafter. 

In June, Blackstone was required to increase its initial bid 
for St Modwen Properties, paying a 21% premium to the 
net asset value of 463p. Once again, private equity was 
able to look beyond the immediate development pipeline 
and value the high quality land bank more aggressively 
than public markets. In the same month, ABG (alongside 
Blackstone again) announced the acquisition of GCP 
Student Living (market cap £960m). Blackstone and 
ABG were also co-investors in several UK and European 
student funds.

Brookfield, another giant private equity firm struck three 
times in the year. Firstly, in November in Germany, they 
acquired 91% of Alstria (market cap €3bn), the only pure 
German only office investor. In Belgium in February this 
year, they announced an agreed bid for Befimmo, an 
unloved owner of primarily Brussels offices. As if that 
was not enough, just before our year end they announced 
the agreed take private of Hibernia, Dublin’s only listed 
office developer. In each of these deals, Brookfield paid 
substantial premiums (+20%) to the undisturbed share 
price but still acquired at close to or even below net asset 
value. Offices remain out of favour with stock market 
investors and therefore these businesses were – in the 
eyes of private equity – undervalued in the public domain. 
The Company held both Alstria and Hibernia. In the case 
of the latter, our holding was 4% of the issued capital. The 

transaction is bittersweet: whilst we saw a significant 
valuation gain we have lost a well managed company 
with strong technical expertise in developing prime office 
space. Not easy to replace.

Corporate activity between listed companies was also 
much in evidence. In November, Landsec acquired U+I 
(previously called Development Securities) for £170m, at 
an eyewatering 70% premium to the undisturbed share 
price. This small urban regeneration stock’s performance 
had been lacklustre as investors worried about its balance 
sheet and inability to fund its long dated development 
pipeline. For Landsec, this was a precursor to announcing 
a strategic initiative in regional regeneration with the 
acquisition of 75% of MediaCity in Manchester (£426m).

CTP, the newly listed Eastern European logistics developer 
agreed to buy Deutsche Industrie, a small listed German 
property company owning secondary industrial assets 
and development land across Germany. Whilst the 
acquisition currency was shares in CTP, the price reflected 
a 48% premium to the undisturbed price. At the time we 
felt this transaction was a positive read across to our 
other German holdings, Sirius and VIB Vermoegen. A 
couple of months later, DIC, a listed manager of property 
funds, surprised the market with a partial tender for 51% 
of VIB Vermoegen at €51 per share. This well run Bavarian 
logistics owner /developer is listed on a local exchange 
and not the main market. DIC were therefore able to 
acquire over 10% before announcing their intentions and 
they quickly reached 25% of the share capital (ahead of 
the tender). At this point I chose to sell our holding (3% of 
the Company's net assets) at a ‘block premium’ of €54 per 
share. I was fearful that DIC’s control would result in the 
loss of the highly regarded management team and this 
has come to pass with CEO and CFO departing. However, 
we have been handsomely rewarded through the 
corporate activity. The share price at the beginning of the 
financial year was just under €30 per share. This company 
has been a key component of our logistics exposure over 
more than a decade and warranted more examination, 
hence the attached case study.

In Sweden, SBB the highly acquisitive social infrastructure 
company, announced control of a small residential 
business, Amasten. We had recently completed our own 
research on this business and we had begun to build a 
holding. The bid price was a 20% premium to where  
we were buying shares a month earlier. 

Finally, in March we saw the final act in the McKay 
Securities saga. Longstanding shareholders will have 
been aware of our view that this well run owner of South 
East office and industrial property was being materially 
undervalued by the equity market. Essentially the company 
was too small and the shares too illiquid for today’s stock 
market. This company is absolutely not alone in this 

11

Annual Report & Accounts 2022OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsGlossary and AIFMD disclosureNotice of AGMShareholder informationManager’s report
continued

regard, there are many companies which are just too 
small and need to join forces with fellow minnows. 
The key with this business was the high quality of the 
portfolio. We were pleased to read that Rothschild 
had undertaken a competitive sales process which 
culminated in an agreed bid from Workspace, a listed 
owner of flexible office space in London. Owning 9% 
of the issued capital we were invited to provide an 
irrevocable undertaking (subject to no higher offer) 
which we provided. The bid was two thirds cash 
(209p) and one third shares and reflected a premium  
of 30% to the undisturbed price. We will open  
a holding in Workspace in May on completion  
of the transaction. 

Investment Activity –  
direct property portfolio
The physical property portfolio produced a total 
return for the 12 months of 18.1% made up of a 
capital return of 15.4% and an income return of 2.7%. 
This can be compared to the return from the MSCI 
All Property Index which produced a total return of 
23.9% made up of a capital return of 18.0% and an 
income return of 5.0%. 

The core driver of returns was rental growth at 
the two industrial properties in Wandsworth and 
Gloucester. At Gloucester, we let the largest unit at 
a new headline rent on the estate following a short 
marketing period to an online health food business. 
This will allow us to move rents forward with other 
lease events on the estate scheduled for 2022 and 
2023. In Wandsworth we completed a number of 
new lettings including a letting to the online leisure 
fashion brand Sweaty Betty. They plan to use the 
premises as a photographic studio for their online 
offering. We are delighted to add them to the tenant 
line-up and this not only reflects the diversity of 
tenants on the estate but also exemplifies the 
versatility of uses in a standard steel portal  
industrial building.

At the Colonnades our restaurant operator, Happy 
Lamb Hot Pot, completed their fit out and opened for 
trading as soon as COVID-19 restrictions were lifted 
in May 2021. They have become a successful and 
vibrant addition to the local area. We are currently 
exploring opportunities to sell this asset.

12

Revenue and Revenue Outlook
Revenue earnings for the current year have increased by 
almost 12% over the prior year.

The increase in earnings was attributable to the first half. 
At the half year stage we announced earnings some 34% 
ahead of the prior year. It was flagged at the time that 
this increase would not be repeated in the second half. 

The comparison of the first half (April to September 
2021) was being made against April to September 
2020, which had suffered an extreme fall in income. As 
a reaction to the COVID-19 pandemic many companies 
suspended dividends and, in some cases even cancelling 
ones which had already been announced. Distributions 
were very cautious against such an uncertain backdrop. 
In the current year, the vaccination programme was well 
underway and confidence began to return in the first half.

Comparing second half earnings year to year in isolation, 
they fell by around 27%, although this is not a fair 
comparison. Just before March 2021 we finally received 
a tax refund as a result of a long running reclaim. This 
enhanced the earnings for the year to March 2021 so 
a more realistic comparison of the second half of the 
year shows a fall of around 12% rather than the 27% 
highlighted above. The explanation for this 12% fall 
is explained largely by the fact that many companies 
changed their dividend schedules, not only in timing but 
also the frequency, annual payers moved to paying half 
yearly, half-yearly to quarterly etc. so the amounts being 
paid in each distribution were proportionately lower. The 
new payment schedules will have been established for 
the forthcoming year so we don’t expect this to have an 
ongoing impact.

The overall trend for earnings is positive, the majority of 
companies have resumed distributions although there 
are some exceptions, mainly in the retail sector where we 
are significantly underweight. 

Whilst the year to 31 March 2022 earnings result is still 
some 6% behind pre COVID-19 levels, we do expect  
some further recovery in the year to March 2023. There 
are some new clouds on the horizon though, the era  
of cheap money is over, inflation is reaching levels not 
seen for many years and a cost of living crisis looms  
for a number of well documented reasons. However, 
many of our companies secured debt at historically 
low levels and will enjoy the benefit of this for a while. 
Changing market outlook and sentiment is likely to lead 
to lower gearing levels from time to time and that in turn 
reduces income levels.

TR Property Investment TrustAs previously documented, providing the Board is 
comfortable with longer term income prospects, it is 
prepared to supplement distributions from the revenue 
reserve to cover shorter term fluctuations.

Gearing and Debt
The Chairman has already commented on gearing 
levels and highlighted the benefits of our flexible 
borrowing structure. 

This flexibility has been crucial in such a volatile 
year. Our gearing oscillated in a 10 - 16% range as 
we responded to the dramatic changes in market 
sentiment through the year. Over the year we utilised 
both our revolving loan facilities and our CFD capability 
in addition to our longer-term debt. Although the 
shorter-term debt is linked to market rates and therefore 
the cost will increase, the flexibility this affords in 
adjusting gearing levels is more of an advantage than 
the lower cost of fixed term debt. We aim to achieve a 
balance between pricing and flexibility which is why our 
debt is sourced from a number of providers.

Outlook
As recently as this January, central bankers across 
the world were indicating that they believed that 
inflationary pressures were transitory. The rise in 
energy costs seen in Q4, 2021 were then supercharged 
by events in Ukraine in February and March. Supply 
chain disruption, particularly around Chinese 
shutdowns and post COVID-19 workforce shortages, 
have compounded these pressures. The result has 
been a period of sustained inflation, Euroland CPI 
reached 7.5% in April, its sixth consecutive new 
monthly high. The UK’s March figure was 7%. We now 
expect these elevated figures to continue into 2023 and 
for the central banks to be forced to react quickly with 
interest rate rises. The unanswered question is whether 
raising mortgage costs, which will cool consumer 
demand and house price growth, will do much to 
assist in reducing the supply driven pressures. Build 
cost inflation is equally strong and we expect much 
potential development to be mothballed as the required 
return on capital employed evaporates. However, 
this drop in potential supply will form an underpin for 
rental growth where demand is stable or growing. 
Our strategy remains twin-tracked. We will continue 
to own long and strong income which offers genuine 
index-linked income whilst simultaneously maintaining 
exposure to markets where we see tenant demand 
remaining robust even in the face of an economic 
slowdown. Renewed focus on balance sheet strength, 
debt structures and flexibility will help us ensure that  
we steer the Company carefully through the terrain of 
rising rates. 

Writing this outlook in the middle of May, pan-European 
real estate equities have already collectively corrected 
14% from the start of the new financial year (1st April). 
This fall is greater than the FTSE 100, 250 or the 
EuroStoxx 600. The most leveraged businesses have, 
predictably, been hit hardest but previously highly rated 
businesses with strong growth prospects have also 
been hit hard and we expect to find value amongst those 
with the most secure balance sheets. Much of our world 
offers solid earnings from real assets; buildings which 
are often crucial to a company’s operation or a basic 
necessity for domestic users.

Marcus Phayre-Mudge
Fund Manager
13 June 2022

13

Annual Report & Accounts 2022OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsGlossary and AIFMD disclosureNotice of AGMShareholder informationManager’s report
continued

Case study

Our holding grew consistently over the next decade (we 
only sold shares modestly on 8 separate occasions) and 
by the end of 2021 it had reached over 1.5m shares with 
a value of €74m. By this time the market cap exceeded 
€1.2bn and the longstanding management team 
continued to deliver year on year.

In February 2022 DIC Asset AG, a listed property asset 
manager announced that they had acquired 10% of the 
issued capital and intended to make a partial tender 
for up to 50% at €51.5 per share. We did not want to 
find ourselves owning equity in a business which was 
controlled by a third party. At the same time, DIC were 
happy to buy ahead of the tender date and we extracted 
an exit price of €54 per share. This turned out to be the 
highest price at which the stock traded in its corporate 
history. Whilst we were disappointed to lose such a well-
managed and successful business, the returns generated 
over a long period of time warranted closer examination. 

Over the 11 years of ownership, the return from this 
investment had been an astonishing 984% or a compound 
return of 26.6% per annum (assuming dividends reinvested).

We began investing in this Bavarian based property 
company in 2011 when the share price was €8.50 per 
share (market cap of €235m). The founder and CEO 
(until 2018) initially focused on a tight geographical 
area around the company’s hometown of Ingolstadt. 
We were attracted to the deep local knowledge and 
excellent links to local banks enabling the company 
to secure high quality secured lending. Over the next 
decade, the business expanded to a portfolio of €1.4bn 
focused on logistics/light industrial (70%) alongside 
some roadside retail (mostly garden centres). The 
value delivery came primarily from the very astute 
purchases of land and industrial assets requiring 
refurbishment in the heartland of the booming 
automotive industries of Southern Germany. The 
company always maintained a conservative balance 
sheet and whilst dividends grew consistently the 
pay-out ratio never exceeded 50% enabling organic 
reinvestment into the development pipeline. 

Share Price 2011 to 2022

60

50

40

30

20

10

0

14

TR Property Investment TrustPortfolio

Distribution of Investments
as at 31 March

UK Securities¹ 

  - quoted

UK Investment Properties

UK Total

Continental Europe Securities

  - quoted

Investments held at fair value

  - CFD (creditor)/debtor²

2022 
£’000

 518,417 

 96,255 

 614,672 

 940,744 

 1,555,416 

 7,657 

2022  
%

 33.2 

 6.1 

 39.3 

 60.2 

 99.5 

0.5

2021 
£’000

 395,644 

 83,071 

 478,715 

921,801

 1,400,516 

 (141)

Total Investment Positions

 1,563,073 

 100.0 

1,400,375

Investment Exposure
as at 31 March

UK Securities

  - quoted

  - CFD exposure³

UK Investment Properties

UK Total

Continental Europe Securities

  - quoted

  - CFD exposure³

2022 
£’000

2022  
%

2021 
£’000

 518,417 

 57,324 

 96,255 

 671,996 

 940,744 

 87,318 

 30.5 

 395,644 

 3.4 

 5.7 

 45,441 

 83,071 

 39.6 

 524,156 

 55.3

 5.1 

 921,801 

 100,560 

Total investment exposure4

 1,700,058 

 100.0 

 1,546,517 

2021 
%

 28.3 

 5.9 

 34.2 

 65.8 

 100.0 

 - 

 100.0 

2021 
%

 25.6 

 2.9 

 5.5 

 34.0 

 59.5 

 6.5 

 100.0 

Portfolio Summary
as at 31 March

Total investments

Net assets

2022

2021

2020

2019

2018

£1,555m £1,401m £1,155m £1,291m £1,316m

£1,563m £1,326m £1,136m £1,328m £1,256m

UK quoted property shares

Overseas quoted property shares

Direct property (externally valued)

33%

60%

6%

28%

66%

6%

31%

61%

8%

33%

59%

8%

31%

62%

7%

Net Currency Exposure
as at 31 March

GBP

EUR

CHF

SEK

NOK

2022
Company 
% 

2022
Benchmark
%

2021
Company
%

2021
Benchmark
%

33.9

41.9

7.4

16.3

0.5

33.6

42.3

7.1

16.3

0.4

 27.9 

 51.2 

 6.7 

 12.9 

 1.3 

 28.3 

 50.9 

 6.6 

 12.9 

 1.3 

¹  UK securities includes one unlisted holding (0.01%)

²  Net unrealised (loss)/gain on CFD contracts held as balance sheet (creditor)/debtor.

³   Gross value of CFD positions.

4   Total investments illustrating market exposure including the gross value of CFD and TRS positions.

0.5%

33.2%

6.1%

60.2%

UK Securities
UK Property
Continental Europe 
Securities
CFD Debtors

5.7%

94.3%

Securities
UK Property

15

Annual Report & Accounts 2022OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsGlossary and AIFMD disclosureNotice of AGMShareholder information 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment portfolio by country

Market  
value  
%

 0.4 
 0.4 

 1.8 
 1.8 
 1.2 
 0.8 
 0.6 
 0.5 
 0.2 
 0.2 
 7.1 

 0.9 
 0.9 

 5.1 
 1.5 
 1.4 
 0.8 
 0.5 
 0.1 
 9.4 

 9.6 
 3.6 
 2.1 
 1.3 
 0.3 
 0.3 
 17.2 

 0.1 
 0.1 

 2.8 
 0.9 
 0.3 
 4.0 

 0.4 
 0.4 

 3.1 
 1.5 
 4.6 

£’000

 7,008 
 7,008 

 28,661 
 28,569 
 18,609 
 11,976 
 9,233 
 7,106 
 3,134 
 2,604 
 109,892 

 14,783 
 14,783 

 79,107 
 23,214 
 21,712 
 13,193 
 7,097 
 1,606 
 145,929 

 149,893 
 55,529 
 32,740 
 19,557 
 5,394 
 4,934 
 268,047 

 1,981 
 1,981 

 43,104 
 14,349 
 4,783 
 62,236 

 6,898 
 6,898 

 47,799 
 23,081 
 70,880 

Austria
CA Immobilien                  

Belgium
Warehouses De Pau                    
VGP                       
Cofinimmo                        
Aedifica                         
Xior Student Housing                   
Care Property Invest                   
Montea                          
Intervest Offices & Warehouses               

Finland
Kojamo 

France
Argan                  
Gecina                       
Klepierre
Covivio
Carmila
Altarea

Germany
Vonovia                        
LEG Immobilien                    
Aroundtown                        
TAG Immobilien                      
Adler Group                        
Deutsche Euroshop                    

Ireland
Irish Residential Properties

Netherlands
Eurocommercial Properties        
Unibail Rodamco Westfield         
NSI

Norway
Entra     

Spain
Merlin Properties          
Arima Real Estate                 

16

Sweden
Fastighets Balder B  
Castellum                        
Cibus Nordic Real Estate                 
Samhallsbyggnadsbolaget               
Fabege                          
Wihlborgs   
Sagax         
Catena              
Platzer Fastigheter               
Dios Fastigheter             
Klarabo Sverige                 
Atrium Ljungberg                  

Switzerland
Psp Swiss Property
Swiss Prime Site 

United Kingdom
Segro             
Safestore Holdings
Industrials REIT
Phoenix Spree Deutschland                
Derwent London             
Picton Property Income                    
LandSec
Londonmetric Property
McKay Securities
Ediston Property
Secure Income REIT 
Unite Group
Sirius Real Estate                    
Supermarket Income REIT                 
CLS Holdings                 
Tritax Big Box REIT                   
LXI REIT                         
Target Health Care     
Primary Health Properties
Atrato Cap                        
Helical           
Cap & Regional           

Market  
value  
%

 2.7 
 1.6 
 1.5 
 1.5 
 1.3 
 0.9 
 0.8 
 0.6 
 0.2 
 0.2 
 0.1 
 0.1 
 11.5 

 2.8 
 1.8 
 4.6 

 4.9 
 3.5 
 3.2 
 2.9 
 2.4 
 2.3 
 2.3 
 2.0 
 1.4 
 1.4 
 1.3 
 1.2 
 1.1 
 0.8 
 0.6 
 0.6 
 0.3 
 0.3 
 0.3 
 0.1 
 0.1 
 0.1 
 33.1 

£’000

 42,934 
 25,690 
 23,553 
 23,424 
 20,824 
 14,533 
 11,870 
 9,279 
 3,723 
 2,818 
 1,713 
 1,094 
 181,455 

 44,260 
 27,375 
 71,635 

 77,334 
 54,228 
 49,892 
 43,129 
 38,242 
 35,864 
 35,662 
 31,524 
 22,343 
 22,097 
 19,574 
 18,368 
 17,854 
 13,125 
 9,897 
 9,365 
 5,321 
 5,310 
 3,850 
 2,341 
 1,928 
 1,169 
 518,417 

Direct Property

 96,255 

 6.2 

CFD Positions (included  
in current liabilities)

7,657

0.5

Total Investment Positions

 1,563,073 

100.0

Companies shown by country of listing.

TR Property Investment TrustTwelve largest equity investments

1

2

3

31 March

2022

2021

31 March

2022

2021

31 March

2022

2021

Shareholding 
value
% of investment 
portfolio†
% of equity 
owned
Share price

£149.9m £146.0m

8.8%

9.4%

0.5%
€42.31

0.5%
€55.70

Shareholding 
value
% of investment 
portfolio†
% of equity 
owned
Share price

£79.5m £54.0m

4.7%

3.5%

3.6%
€115.6

3.5%
€80.4

Shareholding 
value
% of investment 
portfolio†
% of equity 
owned
Share price

£77.3m £67.8m

4.5%

4.4%

0.5%
1346.0p

0.6%
938.0p

Vonovia (Germany)
Vonovia is a German listed residential 
company and the largest real estate 
company in Continental Europe by market 
capitalisation. At the end of 2021, the 
company owned a portfolio of €98bn split 
between Germany (90%), Sweden (8%) 
and Austria (2%); the portfolio increased 
by c.28% following the acquisition of peer 
Deutsche Wohnen, which completed in 
October 2021. Vonovia has developed a 
large in-house craftsman organization 
which allows the company to run a 
strategy focusing on modernizing its 
portfolio. The company is involved in the 
whole value chain of the residential sector 
via its rental business (79% of group 
EBITDA), its value-add branch (energy and 
multimedia related services, 7%), its third-
party development business (6%) and its 
recurring sales program (8%). Vonovia’s 
management has been particularly pro-
active with public authorities, complying 
with regulations and assuming a social 
role which should allow them to benefit 
from critical political goodwill in the future 
given the strict regulatory environment 
of the German residential sector. In 
2021, Vonovia delivered strong results in 
absolute and relative terms. The company 
delivered EPRA NTA growth of +14% YoY 
on a per share basis, and like for like rental 
growth at was resilient at +3.2%. The five-
year total shareholder return to 31/03/22 
has been +59%.

Argan (France)
Argan is a French company, created in 
2000 by Jean-Claude Le Lan, which has 
been listed since 2007. The objective 
of the company has been to build a 
portfolio of premium logistic assets which 
guarantee a stable and high occupancy 
rate at around 100%. The company is 
vertically integrated and has full control 
of the entire value chain by identifying 
future needs of prospective and current 
tenants and developing assets on their 
behalf. Therefore, Argan is able to capture 
the developer margin while having little 
to no risk on the letting side. In 2021, the 
portfolio value amounted to €4bn (100% 
exposed to France, with 33% exposed to 
the Greater Paris region). The company 
delivered strong 2021 results with an 
EPRA NRV per share up 40% YoY achieved 
with a relatively conservative LTV of 43%. 
The relatively low dividend payout at 
below 50% of distributable profit allows 
the company to retain cash and reinvest in 
new development projects while repaying 
debts. The management of the company 
has been assumed by its founder Jean- 
Claude Le Lan who owns alongside family 
members 40% of the share capital which  
is a strong guarantee of alignment. The 
five-year total shareholder return has  
been +353%.

Segro (UK)
Segro has become the largest UK REIT by 
market cap, and is the largest operator of 
logistics and industrial property listed in 
the UK, with a total portfolio of £18bn (split 
66% in the UK, 34% in Continental Europe, 
with 67% urban warehouses, 29% big 
boxes and 4% other uses). In the UK, the 
group is mainly exposed to Greater London 
industrial and logistics. Rental growth 
in these markets has been extremely 
strong as there remains an acute supply-
demand imbalance, fuelled by tenants’ 
requirements to deal with the growth in 
e-commerce. In Europe, Germany and 
France are the group’s largest markets 
with Italy third; these markets have a 
lower, but still positive, rental growth 
outlook (and are geographically less 
space-constrained) but like the UK have 
seen yield compression as investors have 
paid keener yields for access to strong 
income. Segro has extensive development 
exposure that it manages largely to pre-
let and develop at yields significantly in 
excess of investment values (c.6-7% yield 
on cost vs. an EPRA net initial yield of 
3.0% at FY21). This has been a successful 
formula to drive both earnings and NAV 
growth, as well as high shareholder 
returns. The five-year total shareholder 
return has been +236%.

† Notes:

>  The percentage of investment portfolio positions set out above include exposures through CFD for both the individual positions and the portfolio

> 

 The Investment Portfolio by Country positions set out on page 16 are the physical holdings only included in the investments held at fair value in the Balance Sheet. 
The profit or loss positions on the CFD contracts (i.e. not the investment exposure) are also shown on page 16 and are included in the Balance Sheet as debtors or 
creditors in the Current assets.

17

Annual Report & Accounts 2022OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsGlossary and AIFMD disclosureNotice of AGMShareholder informationTwelve largest equity investments 
continued

4

5

6

31 March

2022

2021

31 March

2022

2021

31 March

2022

2021

Shareholding 
value
% of investment 
portfolio†
% of equity 
owned
Share price

£61.5m £51.3m

3.6%

3.3%

1.0%
€24.18

1.0%
€19.89

Shareholding 
value
% of investment 
portfolio†
% of equity 
owned
Share price

£60.4m £44.0m

3.6%

2.8%

2.1%
1340p

2.6%
796p

Shareholding 
value
% of investment 
portfolio†
% of equity 
owned
Share price

£55.5m £63.9m

3.3%

4.1%

0.9%
€103.25

0.9%
€112.2

Safestore (UK)
Safestore is the UK’s largest self-storage 
operator, owning c.160 stores, primarily 
in the UK (and weighted towards London 
and the South East with c.44% of total 
group stores). In addition the company 
has a large footprint in the Paris market 
and has recently been expanding into 
new European cities (through both JV 
structures and outright ownership) taking 
footholds in Holland, Spain and Belgium. 
Safestore has a best in class operating 
platform which, along with peer Big  
Yellow, allows it to dominate the UK 
storage market, particularly in terms  
of online search.

The company has driven consistent 
earnings growth both organically (through 
like-for-like occupancy and rate growth, 
opening new developments) and through 
acquisitions. The self- storage market also 
proved remarkably resilient during the 
COVID-19 pandemic. The five-year total 
shareholder return has been +301%.

Klepierre (France)
Klepierre is a European shopping centre 
operator, managing around 140 centres 
with a total portfolio valuation of EUR21bn. 
The main exposures are in France/Belgium 
(40% of total), Italy (19%), Scandinavia 
(15%) and Iberia (10%). The company, 
like all shopping centre owners, has been 
impacted by the COVID crisis and ongoing 
shift towards e-commerce as a growing 
retail channel, which have hurt underlying 
operations. However in 2021 the company 
was able to post EPS growth of +4.9% 
YoY, with EPRA NTA broadly flat YoY. On 
a relative basis, the company benefits 
from its focus on Continental Europe 
where shopping centres are anchored by 
food retailers contrary to most UK or US 
centers anchored by department stores, 
which have been undergoing significant 
challenges. The financial position of the 
company is also more solid than some 
of its direct peers with an LTV of 39% and 
a net debt to EBITDA ratio of 8.8x. The 
board benefits from the experience of 
David Simon (Chairman of the Supervisory 
Board), Chairman and CEO of Simon 
Property Group which owns a 22% stake 
in Klepierre. The five-year total shareholder 
return has been -7%.

LEG (Germany)
LEG is a German residential company 
focused on the economically strong region 
of North Rhine-Westphalia. It is one of the 
largest real estate companies in Germany 
with more than 166,000 units under 
management and a combined value of 
€19bn. In addition to the strong focus on 
NRW, the company looks for opportunities 
on B and C locations in adjacent states 
with the view to leverage their market 
access as well as their existing platform 
still within strict and conservative financial 
criteria. The company has a distinct 
advantage to be less exposed to regulatory 
risk than peers with a Berlin exposure and 
to benefit from a relatively high share of 
state subsidised tenants. The very low 
average rent per sqm at EUR6.1 as well 
as the relatively low value per sqm of 
EUR1,706 make the company particularly 
well suited to weather any potential macro-
economic shock. In addition, the company 
has shown over the years a relatively 
conservative management on the 
liabilities side which continued to be the 
case in 2021 with a LTV of 43%, an average 
debt maturity of 7.5 years and a net debt 
to adjusted EBITDA of 12.6x. In 2021, LEG 
delivered EPRA NTA growth of +19% YoY. 
The five-year total shareholder return has 
been +57%.

† Notes:

>  The percentage of investment portfolio positions set out above include exposures through CFD for both the individual positions and the portfolio

> 

 The Investment Portfolio by Country positions set out on page 16 are the physical holdings only included in the investments held at fair value in the Balance Sheet. 
The profit or loss positions on the CFD contracts (i.e. not the investment exposure) are also shown on page 16 and are included in the Balance Sheet as debtors or 
creditors in the Current assets.

18

TR Property Investment Trust7

8

9

31 March

2022

2021

31 March

2022

2021

31 March

2022

2021

Shareholding 
value
% of investment 
portfolio†
% of equity 
owned
Share price

£53.3m

3.1%

      9.2%
198p

-

-

-

Shareholding 
value
% of investment 
portfolio†
% of equity 
owned
Share price

£51.9m £32.8m

3.1%

2.1%

14.7%
382p

10.4%
330p

Shareholding 
value
% of investment 
portfolio†
% of equity 
owned
Share price

£47.8m £19.9m

2.8%

1.3%

1.1%
€10.59

0.6%
€8.72

Industrials Reit (UK)
Industrials REIT (formerly known as 
Stenprop) is a UK focused multi-let 
industrial business. The portfolio has 
been transformed over a number of 
years to focus solely on the UK MLI 
sector, and the £570m portfolio is now 
c.90% MLI (as at September 2021), and 
moving towards 100% in the near term. 
The UK MLI asset class has seen strong 
capital value growth, driven by both yield 
compression and ongoing ERV growth 
(to March 2022 Industrials REIT has seen 
like-for-like ERV growth of +4.3%), with 
rents coming from a low base (average 
passing rent in the portfolio was £5.72 
at March 2022) In addition to its strong 
underlying property fundamentals the 
company’s Hive operating platform gives 
the company access to data on enquiry 
levels and demand, as well as allowing for 
innovative operational approaches such as 
the use of digital short-form smart leases, 
speeding the letting process and reducing 
any negative drag from portfolio vacancy. 
Total shareholder return since IPO in June 
2018 has been +98%.

Phoenix Spree (UK)
Phoenix Spree is a UK listed company 
with assets in Germany, specifically Berlin 
residential assets. The total valuation 
of the company’s property assets was 
€802m at FY21, and the company 
continues to benefit from the ongoing 
supply demand imbalance in Berlin 
residential, which has led to a housing 
shortage. The Mietendeckel (German 
rent restriction regulation) was repealed 
in 2021, improving the outlook for free 
market rental growth as well as increasing 
prices of condominiums, both of which 
placed Phoenix Spree in a good position. 
In 2021 the company achieved a total 
return (EPRA NTA growth + dividends) of 
8%, which was aided by the like-for-like 
annual valuation uplift of 6.3%. In addition 
to strong property fundamentals the 
company initiated a share buyback in 
2021 at an average discount to 2020 year 
end NAV of 17.8%), using the strategy to 
improve both its earnings and NAV metrics 
on a per share basis. The five-year total 
shareholder return has been +80%.

Merlin Properties (Spain)
Merlin is a Spanish diversified REIT with 
a €13bn portfolio. The majority of the 
company’s assets are offices (49%), 
and the company focusses its exposure 
on major cities, primarily Madrid and 
Barcelona. In addition to the office 
portfolio the company owns shopping 
centres (17%), logistics (10%), net lease 
assets (14%), with 10% of assets in other 
uses. In 2021 the logistics assets were 
the strongest contributor to valuation 
growth, increasing in value by +14% like-
for-like, offsetting a negative move in the 
shopping centres of -2%; total portfolio 
like-for-like growth was +2%. This helped 
drive the company’s EPRA NTA +4% YoY, 
and the company was also able to drive 
FFO per share growth at a rate of +4%. The 
company ensures that growth does not 
require excessive financial risk, and LTV for 
the year was maintained at 39%. Given the 
current rising interest rate environment the 
company also looks to protect its earnings 
with 100% of its debt at fixed rates, and an 
average debt maturity of 5.3 years. The 
five-year total shareholder return has  
been +21%.

† Notes:

>    The percentage of investment portfolio positions set out above include exposures through CFD for both the individual positions and the portfolio

> 

 The Investment Portfolio by Country positions set out on page 16 are the physical holdings only included in the investments held at fair value in the Balance Sheet. 
The profit or loss positions on the CFD contracts (i.e. not the investment exposure) are also shown on page 16 and are included in the Balance Sheet as debtors or 
creditors in the Current assets.

19

Annual Report & Accounts 2022OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsGlossary and AIFMD disclosureNotice of AGMShareholder informationTwelve largest equity investments 
continued

10

11

12

31 March

2022

2021

31 March

2022

2021

31 March

2022

2021

Shareholding 
value
% of investment 
portfolio†
% of equity 
owned
Share price

£45.2m £32.8m

2.7%

2.1%

0.8%
786p

0.7%
690p

Shareholding 
value
% of investment 
portfolio†
% of equity 
owned
Share price

£44.6m £42.0m

2.6%

2.7%

1.0%

1.0%
CHF121.5 CHF115.2

Shareholding 
value
% of investment 
portfolio†
% of equity 
owned
Share price

£44.0m £53.9m

2.6%

3.5%

0.6%
€114.3

0.7%
€117.4

Land Securities (UK)
Landsec is one of the UK’s largest REITs, 
with a portfolio valued at £11bn. The 
company’s assets are a mix of offices 
(c.60%), retail assets (c.30% split between 
shopping centres, outlets, and retail parks) 
and other uses (c.10% such as leisure 
assets and hotels); 69% of the assets are in 
central London. Since joining the business 
in 2020 new CEO Mark Allen has sought to 
alter the company’s strategy, pledging to 
sell out of its non-core assets (e.g. hotels, 
leisure assets and retail parks), while 
increasing the size of the development 
pipeline to focus on large mixed-use 
schemes that others do not have the 
capabilities to deliver. In addition to the 
established office development pipeline 
the company now plans to spend an 
additional £1.5bn over five years on mixed 
use developments, with a 20% profit on 
cost target. Balance sheet management 
has been relatively conservative with a very 
long debt maturity of 10.9 years, net debt 
to EBITDA of 8.1x and LTV at September 
2021 of 32%. The company intends to 
recycle capital to fund the development 
pipeline, avoiding gearing up despite capex 
spend, and has a medium-term target of 
LTV remaining in the mid-30s. The five-year 
total shareholder return has been -9%.

PSP (Switzerland)
PSP Swiss Property is one of Switzerland’s 
leading real estate companies owning 
properties valued at c.CHF9.1bn.
These are mainly office and business 
premises in prime locations in 
Switzerland’s key economic centers. 
Zurich represents 57% of the company’s 
exposure, with Geneva the other major  
city at 14%. The portfolio vacancy rate  
has moved downward from a level at 8.5% 
in 2018 to 3.8% at FY21. The company 
reported good results in 2021 with EPRA 
EPS increasing +8% YoY, while EPRA NRV 
increased +10% YoY. The company will 
benefit from a development pipeline with 
the potential to add €22m of rent in the 
next three years, with a capex requirement 
of €123m. The financial profile of the 
company remains conservative, and the 
company operates with a LTV of 35%. The 
cost of debt is very low at an average of 
0.4%, and the a weighted average loan 
maturity remains long at 5.0 years. The 
five-year total shareholder return has  
been +58%.

Gecina (France)
Gecina is the largest office landlord in 
Europe with a portfolio of more than
€20bn focused almost exclusively on 
the Paris region. It owns also a portfolio 
of €3.9bn of residential assets (of which 
€380m is student housing), again 
predominantly located in the Paris region. 
The company develops assets to enhance 
returns, with the current management is 
capitalizing on a development pipeline of 
c.€4bn to be delivered in the coming years. 
This is a continuation of the total return 
strategy the company has historically 
implemented. The company looks to 
redevelop assets where there are value 
creating opportunities, disposing of 
mature assets to crystalise capital gains; 
€132m of value was created on assets 
delivered in 2020 and 2021. In 2021, the 
company achieved like-for-like valuation 
growth of +3%, with EPRA NTA increasing 
+3.7% YoY. The financial position of the 
company is very stable with an LTV at 34% 
(LTV has been declining consistently since 
2017) and an average debt maturity of 
7.4 years. The five-year total shareholder 
return has been +13%.

† Notes:

>  The percentage of investment portfolio positions set out above include exposures through CFD for both the individual positions and the portfolio

> 

 The Investment Portfolio by Country positions set out on page 16 are the physical holdings only included in the investments held at fair value in the Balance Sheet. 
The profit or loss positions on the CFD contracts (i.e. not the investment exposure) are also shown on page 16 and are included in the Balance Sheet as debtors or 
creditors in the Current assets.

20

TR Property Investment TrustInvestment properties

Spread of direct portfolio by capital value (%)
as at 31 March 2022

Retail

Industrial

Residential and
ground rents

West End of London 

Inner London*
South West

Total

37.3%

1.4%
-

38.7%

*Inner London defined as inside the North and South Circular.

-

37.1%
11.1%

48.2%

12.6%

-
-

12.6%

Other

0.5%

-
-

0.5%

Total

50.4%

38.5%
11.1%

100.0%

Lease lengths within the direct property portfolio
as at 31 March 2022

Contracted rent
as at 31 March 2022

5%

4%

21%

Gross rental 
income

13%

53%

0 to 5 years
5 to 10 years
10 to 15 years
15 to 20 years
20+ years 

Year 1

Year 2-5

Year 5+

£2.8m
£10.25m
£17.5m

Value in excess of £10 million

Value less than £10 million

The Colonnades, Bishops Bridge Road, 
London, W2

Ferrier Street Industrial Estate, 
Wandsworth, London, SW18

10 Centre, Gloucester Business Park, 
Gloucester, GL3

Sector: Mixed use
Tenure: Freehold
Size (sq ft): 64,000
Principal tenants: Waitrose Ltd,  
Graham & Green, Happy Lamb Hot Pot, 
1Rebel, Specsavers

The property comprises a large  
mixed-use block in Bayswater, constructed 
in the mid-1970s. The site extends to 
approximately 2 acres on the north east 
corner of the junction of Bishops Bridge 
Road and Porchester Road, close to 
Bayswater tube station and ongoing 
development of The Whiteley. The 
commercial element was extended and 
refurbished in 2015 with a new 20 year 
lease being agreed with Waitrose.

Sector: Industrial
Tenure: Freehold
Size (sq ft): 36,000
Principal tenants: Sweaty Betty, Richard 
Dawes Fine Wines, Lockdown Bakers 

Sector: Industrial
Tenure: Freehold
Size (sq ft): 63,000
Principal tenants: Infusion GB, Pulsin Ltd

Site of just over an acre, 50 metres from 
Wandsworth Town railway station in an 
area that is predominantly residential.  
The estate comprises 16 small industrial 
units generally let to a mix of small 
to medium-sized private companies. 
Planning permission granted in  
December 2019 for a mixed-use 
employment led redevelopment.

The IO Centre comprises six industrial 
units occupied by two tenants and sits 
on a 4.5-acre site. Gloucester Business 
Park is located to the east of Junction 
11A of the M5 and one mile to the 
east of Gloucester City Centre. The 
property also has easy access to the 
A417 providing good links to the M4 via 
junction 15.

21

Annual Report & Accounts 2022OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsGlossary and AIFMD disclosureNotice of AGMShareholder information 
 
 
 
 
Investment objective and benchmark
The Company’s investment objective is to maximise 
shareholders’ total returns by investing in the shares 
and securities of property companies and property 
related businesses internationally and also in 
investment property located in the UK.

The benchmark is the FTSE EPRA/NAREIT Developed 
Europe Capped Net Total Return Index in Sterling. The 
index, calculated by FTSE, is free-float based and as 
at 31 March 2022 had 105 constituent companies. 
The index limits exposure to any one company to 10% 
and reweights the other constituents pro-rata. The 
benchmark website www.epra.com contains further 
details about the index and performance.

Business Model
The Company’s business model follows that of an 
externally managed investment trust company.
The Company has no employees. Its wholly non-
executive Board of Directors retains responsibility 
for corporate strategy; corporate governance; 
risk management and internal control; the overall 
investment and dividend policies; setting limits 
on gearing and asset allocation and monitoring 
investment performance.

The Board has appointed BMO Investment Business 
Limited as the Company’s Alternative Investment 
Fund Manager (‘AIFM’) with portfolio management 
delegated to Thames River Capital LLP. Marcus 
Phayre-Mudge acts as Fund Manager to the Company 
on behalf of Thames River Capital LLP and Alban 
Lhonneur is Deputy Fund Manager. George Gay is 
the Direct Property Manager and Joanne Elliott the 
Finance Manager. They are supported by a team of 
equity and portfolio analysts.

Further information in relation to the Board and the 
arrangements under the Investment Management 
Agreement can be found in the Report of the Directors 
on pages 43 to 45.

In accordance with the Alternative Investment  
Fund Managers Directive (‘AIFMD’), BNP Paribas  
has been appointed as Depositary to the Company.  
BNP Paribas also provides custodial and 
administrative services to the Company.  
Company Secretarial services are provided  
by BMO Investment Business Limited.

A summary of the terms of the Investment 
Management Agreement are set out on pages  
54 and 55.

22

TR Property Investment TrustStrategy and investment policies

The investment selection process seeks to identify 
well managed companies of all sizes. The Manager 
generally regards future growth and capital 
appreciation potential more highly than immediate 
yield or discount to asset value.

Gearing
The Company may employ levels of gearing from 
time to time with the aim of enhancing returns, 
subject to an overall maximum of 25% of the  
portfolio value.

Although the investment objective allows for 
investment on an international basis, the Company’s 
benchmark is a pan-European Index and the majority 
of the investments will be located in that geographical 
area. Direct property investments are located in the 
UK only.

As a dedicated investor in the property sector  
the Company cannot offer diversification outside  
that sector, however, within the portfolio there  
are limitations, as set out below, on the size of 
individual investments held to ensure that there  
is diversification within the portfolio.

Asset allocation guidelines
The maximum holding in the stock of any one issuer 
or of a single asset is limited to 15% of the portfolio 
at the point of acquisition. In addition, any holdings in 
excess of 5% of the portfolio must not in aggregate 
exceed 40% of the portfolio.

The Manager currently applies the following 
guidelines for asset allocation:

UK listed equities
Continental European  
listed equities

Direct Property – UK

Other listed equities

Listed bonds

Unquoted investments

25 – 50%

45 – 75%

0 – 20%

0 – 5%

0 – 5%

0 – 5%

In certain market conditions the Manager may 
consider it prudent not to employ gearing at all,  
and to hold part of the portfolio in cash.

The current asset allocation guideline is 10%  
net cash to 25% net gearing (as a percentage  
of portfolio value).

Property valuation
Investment properties are valued every six months by 
an external independent valuer. Valuations of all the 
Group’s properties as at 31 March 2022 have been 
carried out on a ‘RICS Red Book’ basis and these 
valuations have been adopted in the accounts.

Allocation of costs between  
revenue & capital
The Group charges 75% of annual base management 
fees and finance costs to capital, in line with the 
Board’s expected long-term split of returns in the form 
of capital gains and income. All performance fees are 
charged to capital.

Holdings in investment companies
It is the Board’s current intention to hold no more  
than 15% of the portfolio in listed closed-ended 
investment companies.

Some companies investing in commercial or 
residential property are structured as listed externally 
managed closed-ended investment companies 
and therefore form part of our investment universe. 
Although this is not a model usually favoured by our 
Fund Manager, some investments are made in these 
structures in order to access a particular sector of the 
market or where the management team is regarded 
as especially strong. If those companies grow and 
become a larger part of our investment universe and/
or new companies come to the market in this format 
the Fund Manager may wish to increase exposure 
to those vehicles. If the Manager wishes to increase 
investment to over 15%, the Company will make an 
announcement accordingly.

23

Annual Report & Accounts 2022OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsGlossary and AIFMD disclosureNotice of AGMShareholder informationKey Performance Indicators

The Board assesses the performance of the Manager in meeting the Company’s 
objective against the following Key Performance Indicators ('KPIs'):

Net Asset Value Total Return relative to the benchmark

KPI
The Directors regard the out-performance of the 
Company’s net asset value total return relative to 
the benchmark as being an overall measure of value 
delivered to the shareholders’ over the longer-term.

Board monitoring
 The Board reviews the performance in detail at each meeting 
and discusses the results and outlook with the Manager.

Outcome

1 year

5 years

NAV Total Return* (Annualised)
Benchmark Total Return (Annualised)

21.4%
12.2%

10.3%
5.4%

*  NAV Total Return is calculated by re-investing the dividends in the assets and 
the Company from the relevant ex-dividend date. Dividends are deemed to be 
re-invested on the ex-dividends date for the benchmark.

Delivering a reliable dividend which is growing over the longer term

Outcome

1 year

5 years

Compound Annual Dividend Growth*
Compound Annual RPI

2.1%
9.0%

6.7%
3.7%

*  The final dividend in the time series divided by the initial dividend in the period 

raised to the power of 1 divided by the number of years in the series.

KPI
The principal objective of the Company is a total 
return objective, however, the Fund Manager also 
aims to deliver a reliable dividend with growth over 
the longer term.

Board monitoring
The Board reviews statements on income received to 
date and income forecasts at each meeting. 

Although dividend growth in the current year has not 
matched the change in RPI, over 5 years it has been 
comfortably exceeded.

The discount or premium at which the Company’s shares trade compared with Net Asset Value

Outcome

1 year

5 years

Average discount*
Total number of shares repurchased

3.3%
NIL

4.6%
NIL

*  Average daily discount throughout the period of share price to NAV. with 

income. Source: Bloomberg.

KPI
Whilst expectation of investment performance is a key 
driver of the share price discount or premium to the Net 
Asset Value of an investment trust company over the 
longer-term, there are periods when the discount can 
widen. The Board is aware of the vulnerability of a sector-
specialist to a change of investor sentiment towards that 
sector, or to periods of wider market uncertainty and the 
impact that can have on the discount.

Board monitoring
The Board takes powers at each AGM to buy-back and 
issue shares. When considering the merits of share 
buy- back or issuance, the Board looks at a number of 
factors in addition to the short and longer-term discount 
or premium to NAV to assess whether action would be 
beneficial to shareholders overall. Particular attention 
is paid to the current market sentiment, the potential 
impact of any share buy-back activity on the liquidity of 
the shares and on Ongoing Charges over the longer term.

24

TR Property Investment TrustLevel of Ongoing Charges

KPI
The Board is conscious of expenses and aims to 
deliver a balance between excellent service and costs.

The AIC definition of Ongoing Charges includes any 
direct property costs in addition to the management 
fees and all other expenses incurred in running a 
publicly listed company. As no other investment trust 
companies hold part of their portfolio in direct property 
(they either hold 100% of their portfolio as property 
securities or as direct property), in addition to Ongoing 
Charges as defined by the AIC, this statistic is shown 
without direct property costs in order to allow a clearer 
comparison of overall administration costs with those 
of other funds investing in securities.

The Board monitors the Ongoing Charges, in 
comparison to a range of other investment trust 
companies of similar size, both property sector 
specialists and other sector specialists.

Board monitoring
Expenses are budgeted for each financial year and 
the Board reviews regular reports on actual and 
forecast expenses throughout the year.

Investment Trust Status

KPI
The Company must continue to operate in order to meet 
the requirements of Section 1158 of the Corporation Tax 
Act 2010.

Board monitoring
The Board reviews financial information and forecasts at 
each meeting which set out the requirements outlined in 
Section 1158.

Outcome

Ongoing charges excluding  
performance fees
Ongoing charges excluding 
performance fees and Direct  
Property Costs

1 year

5 years

0.60%

0.63%

0.58%

0.60%

The ongoing charges are competitive when compared to 
the peer group.

Outcome
 The Directors believe that the conditions and ongoing 
requirements have been met in respect of the year to 31 
March 2022 and that the Company will continue to meet 
the requirements.

The KPIs are considered to be Alternative Performance Measures as defined later in the Annual Report.

25

Annual Report & Accounts 2022OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsGlossary and AIFMD disclosureNotice of AGMShareholder informationPrincipal and emerging risks and uncertainties

In delivering long-term returns to shareholders, the Board must also identify and monitor 
the risks that have been taken in order to achieve that return. The Board has included below 
details of the principal and emerging risks and uncertainties facing the Company and the 
appropriate measures taken in order to mitigate these risks as far as practicable.

The ongoing impact of COVID-19 on economies around the world has been recovering 
throughout this financial year however the invasion of Ukraine by Russia in February had 
a significant effect on global markets and market uncertainty remains. In addition rising 
inflation and interest rates bring challenges not seen for many years.

Risk identified

Board monitoring and mitigation

Share price performs poorly in comparison  
to the underlying NAV
The shares of the Company are listed on the London Stock 
Exchange and the share price is determined by supply and 
demand. The shares may trade at a discount or premium 
to the Company’s underlying NAV and this discount or 
premium may fluctuate over time.

Poor investment performance of the portfolio  
relative to the benchmark
The Company’s portfolio is actively managed. In addition 
to investment securities the Company also invests in 
commercial property and accordingly, the portfolio may not 
follow or outperform the return of the benchmark.

The Board monitors the level of discount or premium at 
which the shares are trading over the short and longer-term.

The Board encourages engagement with the shareholders. 
The Board receives reports at each meeting on the activity 
of the Company’s brokers, PR agent and meetings and 
events attended by the Fund Manager.

The Company’s shares are available through the BMO 
share schemes and the Company participates in the active 
marketing of these schemes. The shares are also widely 
available on open architecture platforms and can be held 
directly through the Company’s registrar. 

The Board takes the powers to issue and to buy back 
shares at each AGM.

 The Manager’s objective is to outperform the benchmark. 
The Board regularly reviews the Company’s long-term 
strategy and investment guidelines and the Manager’s 
relative positions against these.

 The Management Engagement Committee  
reviews the Manager’s performance annually.  
The Board has the powers to change the Manager  
if deemed appropriate.

26

TR Property Investment TrustRisk identified

Board monitoring and mitigation

The Board receives and considers a regular report from the 
Manager detailing asset allocation, investment decisions, 
currency exposures, gearing levels and rationale in relation 
to the prevailing market conditions.

 The report considers the impact of a range of  
current issues and sets out the Manager’s response  
in positioning the portfolio and the ongoing  
implications for the property market, valuations  
overall and by each sector.

Market risk
Both share prices and exchange rates may move rapidly 
and adversely impact the value of the Company’s portfolio. 
Although the portfolio is diversified across a number of 
geographical regions, the investment mandate is focused 
on a single sector and therefore the portfolio will be sensitive 
towards the property sector, as well as global equity markets 
more generally.

Property companies are subject to many factors which can 
adversely affect their investment performance, these include 
the general economic and financial environment in which their 
tenants operate, interest rates, availability of investment and 
development finance and regulations issued by governments 
and authorities.

Although we have now exited the European Union, the 
structure of our relationship with Continental Europe continues 
to evolve and there could be an impact on occupation across 
each sector.

The COVID-19 global pandemic continued for much of the 
financial year. It has changed the way we live and work, 
uncertainty remains regarding the impact on economies  
and property markets around the world both in the short and 
longer term.

The invasion of Ukraine by Russia in February 2022 created 
further market volatility and uncertainty which remains. 
Inflation and interest rates are rising globally to levels not seen 
in over 10 years.

Any strengthening or weakening of Sterling will have a direct 
impact as a proportion of our Balance Sheet is held in non-GBP 
denominated currencies. The currency exposure is maintained 
in line with the benchmark and will change over time. As at 
31 March 2022, 66% of the Company’s exposure was to 
currencies other than Sterling.

The Company is unable to maintain dividend growth
Lower earnings in the underlying portfolio putting pressure 
on the Company’s ability to grow the dividend could result from 
a number of factors:

•   The Board receives and considers regular  

income forecasts.

•  Income forecast sensitivity to changes in FX rates is  

•  lower earnings and distributions in investee companies. 

also monitored.

•   The Company has substantial revenue reserves which are 

drawn upon when required.

•  The Board continues to monitor the impact of Brexit and 

COVID-19 and the long term implications for income 
generation.

Companies in some property sectors continue to be negatively 
impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic although most have 
returned to paying dividends, some are at a lower level than 
previously and a few are continuing to withhold dividends;

•   prolonged vacancies in the direct property portfolio and lease 
or rental renegotiations as a result of longer term changes 
anticipated following COVID-19;

•   strengthening of Sterling reducing the value of overseas 

dividend receipts in Sterling terms. The Company did see a 
material increase in the level of earnings in the years leading up 
to the COVID-19 pandemic. A significant factor in this was the 
weakening of Sterling following the Brexit decision. Although 
this has now passed, the value of Sterling may continue to 
fluctuate in the near or medium term as the longer term 
implications of Brexit and COVID-19 and the impact on the 
UK and European economies become clearer. The invasion 
of Ukraine by Russia has also increased market uncertainty. 
The longer term implications will differ across the European 
economies. This could lead to currency volatility. Strengthening 
of Sterling would lead to a fall in earnings;

•  adverse changes in the tax treatment of dividends or other 

income received by the Company; and

•  changes in the timing of dividend receipts from  

investee companies.

•  impact of higher interest rates on distributions from investee 

companies.

•  negative outlook leading to a reduction in gearing levels in order 

to protect capital has an adverse effect on earnings.

27

Annual Report & Accounts 2022OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsGlossary and AIFMD disclosureNotice of AGMShareholder informationPrincipal and emerging risks and uncertainties
continued

Risk identified

Board monitoring and mitigation

Accounting and operational risks

Disruption or failure of systems and processes 
underpinning the services provided by third parties  
and the risk that these suppliers provide a sub- 
standard service.

The impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and the longer term 
changes in working practices at the administrator and 
other service providers.

Third party service providers produce periodic reports 
to the Board on their control environments and business 
continuation provisions on a regular basis.

 The Management Engagement Committee considers the 
performance of each of the service providers on a regular 
basis and considers their ongoing appointment and terms 
and conditions.

 The Custodian and Depositary are responsible for the 
safeguarding of assets. In the event of a loss of assets  
the Depositary must return assets of an identical type  
or corresponding value unless it is able to demonstrate  
that the loss was the result of an event beyond their 
reasonable control.

Monitoring the quality and timeliness of service as service 
providers adopt widespread home working following the 
COVID-19 pandemic and consideration of the durability 
of the arrangements. Many organisations have now 
incorporated home working into their operational structure 
as a permanent feature.

Financial risks

The Company’s investment activities expose it to a variety 
of financial risks which include counterparty credit risk, 
liquidity risk and the valuation of financial instruments. 

 Details of these risks together with the policies for 
managing them are found in the Notes to the Financial 
Statements in the full Annual Report and Accounts.

Loss of Investment Trust Status

The Company has been accepted by HM Revenue & 
Customs as an investment trust company, subject to 
continuing to meet the relevant eligibility conditions.  
As such the Company is exempt from capital gains tax on 
the profits realised from the sale of investments.

Any breach of the relevant eligibility conditions could lead 
to the Company losing investment trust status and being 
subject to corporation tax on capital gains realised within 
the Company’s portfolio.

 The Investment Manager monitors the investment portfolio, 
income and proposed dividend levels to ensure that the 
provisions of CTA 2010 are not breached. The results are 
reported to the Board at each meeting.

The income forecasts are reviewed by the Company’s  
tax advisor through the year who also reports to  
the Board on the year-end tax position and on CTA  
2010 compliance.

28

TR Property Investment TrustRisk identified

Board monitoring and mitigation

Legal, regulatory and reporting risks

Failure to comply with the London Stock Exchange 
Listing Rules and Disclosure Guidance and Transparency 
Rules; failure to meet the requirements of the Alternative 
Investment Fund Managers Regulations, the provisions 
of the Companies Act 2006 and other UK, European and 
overseas legislation affecting UK companies.

Failure to meet the required accounting standards or make 
appropriate disclosures in the Interim and Annual Reports.

The Board receives regular regulatory updates from 
the Manager, Company Secretary, legal advisors and 
the Auditor. The Board considers these reports and 
recommendations and takes action accordingly.

The Board receives an annual report and update from  
the Depositary.

 Internal checklists and review procedures are in place at  
service providers.

Inappropriate use of gearing

Gearing, either through the use of bank debt or derivatives 
may be utilised from time to time. Whilst the use of 
gearing is intended to enhance the NAV total return, it will 
have the opposite effect when the return of the Company’s 
investment portfolio is negative or where the cost of debt 
is higher than the return from the portfolio.

The Board receives regular reports from the Manager on 
the levels of gearing in the portfolio. These are considered 
against the gearing limits set in the Investment Guidelines 
and also in the context of current market conditions and 
sentiment. The cost of debt is monitored and a balance 
sought between term, cost and flexibility.

Personnel changes at Investment Manager

Loss of portfolio manager or other key staff.

The Chairman conducts regular meetings with the Fund  
Management team.

The fee basis protects the core infrastructure and depth 
and quality of resources. The fee structure incentivises 
outperformance and is fundamental in the ability to retain 
key staff.

29

Annual Report & Accounts 2022OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsGlossary and AIFMD disclosureNotice of AGMShareholder informationLong-term viability

In accordance with provision 31 of the UK Corporate 
Governance Code, which requires the Company to 
assess the prospects of the Company over the longer 
term, the Directors have assessed the prospects of 
the Company over the coming five years. This period 
is used by the Board during the strategic planning 
process as it considers this period of time to be 
appropriate for a business of the Company’s nature 
and size.

This assessment takes account of the Company’s 
current position and the policies and processes for 
managing the principal and emerging risks set out on 
pages 26 to 29 and the Company’s ability to continue 
in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due 
over the period of assessment.

In making this statement the Board carried out a 
robust assessment of the principal and emerging 
risks facing the Company, including those that might 
threaten its business model, future performance, 
solvency and liquidity.

In reaching their conclusions the Directors  
have reviewed five-year forecasts for the  
Company with sensitivity analysis to a number  
of assumptions: investee company dividend  
growth, interest rates, foreign exchange rates,  
tax rates and asset value growth.

In assessing of the viability of the Company the 
Directors have noted that:

•   The Company has a long-term investment strategy 
under which it invests mainly in readily realisable, 
publicly listed securities and which restricts the 
level of borrowings.

•   Of the current portfolio, 63% could be  

liquidated within five trading days and 76%  
within 10 trading days.

•   On a Group basis, current assets exceed current 

liabilities at the Balance Sheet Date.

•   The Company invests in real estate related 

companies which hold real estate assets and 
invests in commercial real estate directly. These 
investments provide cash receipts in the form 
of dividends, Property Income Distributions and 
rental income.

30

 •   The Company is able to take advantage of its 

closed- ended investment trust company structure 
and able to hold a proportion of its portfolio in less 
liquid, direct property and the less liquid securities 
of smaller comapies with a view to long-term 
outperformance.

•   At the Balance Sheet date the Company had £85 
million undrawn on its revolving loan facilities.

•   The structure has also enabled the Company to 
secure long-term financing. EUR 50 million loan 
notes issued in 2016 are due to mature at par in 
2026 and GBP 15 million loan notes issued on the 
same date are due to mature at par in 2031.

•   The impact of COVID-19 on the UK and European 

commercial property markets has steadily 
diminished through the year. This resulted in 
dividend receipts from investee companies in 
the current year significantly stronger than the 
prior year as the majority of companies have now 
returned to paying dividends, although some at 
lower levels than before the pandemic. There 
was an improvement in income in the year under 
review, although changes in dividend timetables 
delayed receipt of some income and we expect 
further recovery in the forthcoming year.

•   The invasion of Ukraine in February created further 

market volatility and uncertainty. However the 
portfolio remains highly liquid.

•   The direct property portfolio was well positioned in 
respect of the COVID-19 crisis and rental collection 
was robust. We have very limited exposure to retail 
and some smaller occupiers in the hospitality 
sector, however, overall the drop in income from 
the direct portfolio throough the COVID-19 crisis 
was not material.

•   The expenses of the Company are largely 

predictable and modest in comparison with 
the assets. Regular and robust monitoring of 
revenue and expenditure forecasts are undertaken 
throughout the year. Analysis has shown that the 
Company could suffer a reduction in earnings of 
80% and still be able to meet its liabilities from 
revenue cashflow as they fell due. Expenses could 
be met entirely from capital if required due to the 
liquid nature of the portfolio.

TR Property Investment Trust•   The Company has no employees and consequently 
does not have redundancy or other employment 
related liabilities or responsibilities.

•   The Company retains title to its assets held by the 
Custodian which are subject to further safeguards 
imposed on the Depositary.

•   The impact of a range of factors have been 

considered in terms of the potential effect on 
Sterling. 66% of the portfolio is exposed to 
currencies other than Sterling.

The following assumptions have been made in 
assessing the longer-term viability:

•   Real Estate will continue to be an investable sector 
of international stock markets and investors will 
continue to wish to have exposure to that sector.

•   Closed-ended investment trust companies 

will continue to be in demand by investors and 
regulation or tax legislation will not change to 
an extent to make the structure unattractive in 
comparison to other investment products.

•   The performance of the Company will continue  

to be satisfactory. Should the Board deem  
that performance is less than satisfactory, it  
has the appropriate powers to replace the  
Investment Manager.

The Company’s business model, capital structure 
and strategy have enabled the Company to operate 
over many decades, and the Board expects this 
to continue into the future. The Directors confirm 
therefore that they have a reasonable expectation 
that the Company will continue in operation and 
meet its liabilities in full over the coming five years 
to 31 March 2027.

31

Annual Report & Accounts 2022OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsGlossary and AIFMD disclosureNotice of AGMShareholder informationResponsible investment

Approach
Environmental, Social and Governance ('ESG') factors 
can present both opportunities and threats to the 
performance we aim to deliver to our shareholders. 
The Board is therefore committed to taking a 
responsible approach on ESG matters. This covers 
the Company’s own responsibilities on governance 
and reporting and, the most material way in 
which the Company can have an impact, through 
responsible ownership of the investments that are 
made on its behalf by its Manager.

As a long-term investor, governance and 
sustainability considerations have always been 
embedded in our Manager’s investment process. 
ESG risk assessments and considerations are 
integrated into the detailed fundamental investment 
research and analysis that takes place on any 
potential investment before it is considered for 
inclusion in the portfolio and continues on an 
ongoing basis for all investments held.

This approach is in line with the definition of an 
Article 6 Fund under the EU’s Sustainable Finance 
Disclosure Regulations. Whilst this is currently 
European not UK regulation it is nonetheless a widely 
utilised definition.

There are two fundamental considerations to 
investment in property companies: the assets 
themselves and their management. The Manager 
seeks to invest in sustainable assets which are 
managed by quality teams in a well governed 
corporate structure. As a result, there has been a 
long-standing and strong culture of stewardship in 
the Manager’s investment approach. The Manager 
believes that engaging with companies is best in 
the first instance, rather than simply divesting or 
excluding investment opportunities. However, there 
are instances where governance matters have 
driven a decision not to invest in a company. As 
one of the largest teams investing in pan-European 
real estate equities, our Manager meets with a 
significant number of the management teams of 
investee and potential investee companies each 
year and has a robust record of engagement with 
an agenda of reducing risk, improving performance 
and encouraging best practice. Over the course of 
the year, our management team participated in 269 
individual or group meetings with companies and 
their management teams.

Corporate Governance disclosure requirements have 
increased transparency enormously in recent years 
and enabled informed engagement, with social and
employment practices also gaining increased 

32

focus and disclosure. Environmental measures are now 
rapidly coming to the fore and with wider disclosure 
requirements being placed upon our investee companies, 
the Manager is able to scrutinise more easily other 
measures such as climate change and sustainability 
policies and outcomes.

Company Corporate Governance and Reporting 
The Board also recognises the importance of the 
Company’s own Governance and disclosures. The 
Company’s compliance with the AIC Code of Corporate 
Governance is detailed in the Corporate Governance 
Statement on page 46 of this Annual Report.

Under Section 414 of the Companies Act 2006 
there is the requirement to detail information about 
employee and human rights, including information 
about any policies it has in relation to these matters 
and effectiveness of these policies. As the Company 
has no employees, this requirement does not apply. 
The Company is not within the scope of the UK Modern 
Slavery Act 2015 because it has not exceeded the 
turnover threshold and is therefore not obliged to make 
a slavery and human trafficking statement. The Directors 
are satisfied that, to the best of their knowledge, the 
Company’s principal suppliers, which are listed on page 
114, comply with the provisions of the UK Modern 
Slavery Act 2015. These are principally professional 
advisers and service providers in the financial services 
industry, consequently the Board considers the Company 
to be low risk in relation to this matter.

The Board currently comprises three male Directors and 
two female Directors. The activities of the Nomination 
Committee in relation to Board changes are referred to in 
the Nomination Committee Report on pages 52 and
53. The Board’s diversity policy is outlined in more detail 
in the Corporate Governance Report. The Manager 
has an equal opportunity policy which is set out on its 
website at www.bmogam.com

The Company has no greenhouse gas emissions to 
report from its operations, nor does it have responsibility 
for any other emissions producing sources under the 
Companies Act 2006 (Strategic Report and Directors’ 
Reports Regulations 2013). Investment trust companies 
are currently exempt from reporting against the Task 
Force on Climate-Related Financial Disclosures ('TCFD'), 
but the Board will continue to monitor the situation.

TR Property Investment TrustGovernance of Investee Companies and Exercise  
of Voting Power
The Manager has a corporate governance voting policy 
which, in its opinion, accords with current best practice 
whilst maintaining a primary focus on financial returns.
The exercise of voting rights attached to the portfolio  
has been delegated to the Manager. Where practicable, 
all shareholdings were voted at all company meetings  
in the financial year in accordance with BMO GAM’s  
own corporate governance policies. This ensures that  
a strong, consistent approach is taken to proxy voting 
which backs up and reinforces engagement, takes a 
robust line on key governance issues such as executive 
pay and integrates environmental, social & diversity 
issues and sustainability practices into the voting 
process. The Manager regularly engages with companies 
on governance matters, supported by our significant 
stakes in large property companies. Our size in this 
specialist area of the equity market has helped ensure 
our views are heard, augmented by the strength  
of BMO’s Responsible Investment team and their  
broader engagement.

BMO’s Responsible Investment Annual Review provides 
more information on its firm-level stewardship policies, 
as well as how these comply with the expectations of  
the UK Stewardship Code 2020. The Manager is a 
signatory of the UK Stewardship Code. Its statement  
of compliance can be found on the Managers’ website  
at bmogam.com. 

During the financial year, the Manager voted against 86 
items, resulting in at least one vote against management 
proposals at 47% of shareholder meetings. Of the items 
voted against, the proposals can be broadly categorised 
as follows:

2%

4%

5%

6%

14%

16%

39%

Remuneration
Election / Reelection of 
Directors
Increase in capital
Anti-takeover 
mechanism
Director terms
Share Repurchase
Other

For the year, the Manager engaged with 28 companies 
directly on a range of ESG related matters. These 
engagements were conducted at both the board and 
senior executive level as well as directly with investor 
relations. Topics of engagement were split as follows:

1%1%

5%

39%

6%

16%

Climate Change
Corporate Governance
Labour Standards
Environmental 
Standards
Business Conduct
Human Rights

The Manager tracks the milestone of the engagement 
strategy and has seen progress this year on a number 
of matters. Examples include the publication of net-zero 
carbon targets, the publication of sustainability reports, 
companies becoming a living wage employer and 
improvements in corporate governance, incorporating 
changes to remuneration policies.

Environmental
Environmental policies in the property sector  
focus largely on sustainability and climate change. 
Climate change is one of the defining challenges  
of modern times.

The management team have sourced data and research 
from several providers, including the BMO Responsible 
Investment team, MSCI and Global ESG Benchmark for 
Real Assets ('GRESB'). 

The quantity and depth of data available in our sector 
varies greatly; the larger companies now have teams 
dedicated to providing environmental impact data and 
reporting, however many of our companies are small 
and do not currently have the resources to contribute 
data to the organisations providing analysis to the 
investor community. As a consequence, we see strong 
correlations between company size, maturity and overall 
scores. Since our investment strategy leads us to own 
focused mid-sized companies in preference to some 
of the larger diversified ones, the portfolios overall ESG 
score might tend to be unflattering compared to the 
wider benchmark.

With environmental issues coming to the fore and 
inevitable increased legislation we expect to see 
quite rapid improvements and standardisation in 
data provision, increasing our ability to engage with 
companies on these matters.

33

Annual Report & Accounts 2022OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsGlossary and AIFMD disclosureNotice of AGMShareholder information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Responsible investment
continued

GRESB
GRESB is a mission driven and investor led 
organization providing standardised and validated 
ESG data to the capital markets. Established in 
2009, GRESB now covers over USD 5 trillion in real 
estate assets, publishing i) an annual real estate 
assessment score for participating companies, 
and ii) a public disclosure score for all listed real 
estate companies. The real estate assessment 
score ranks Environment, Social and Governance 
metrics based on data contributed directly from 
participating companies, whilst the public disclosure 
score evaluates the level of ESG disclosure by listed 
property companies and REITS. 

Further detail on GRESB can be found at  
www.gresb.com

A number of the listed German Residential companies 
did not participate in the Real Estate Assessment due 
to GRESB requiring data to be submitted at the asset or 
building level and concerns around fair comparisons of 
data aggregation. We accept that this is a reasonable 
position to take for large apartment portfolios and have 
discussed changes to the Real Estate Assessment with 
GRESB to better reflect this asset class and encourage 
participation.

MSCI
MSCI ESG research covers a wide range of 
environmental impact measures including CO2 and 
greenhouse gas emissions, energy and water usage, in 
addition to wider corporate governance scores. Further 
detail can be found at www.msci.com/our-solutions/
esg-investing/esg-ratings

For 2022 there is reduced GRESB Real Estate 
Assessment coverage of the Company's equity 
portfolio (50% from 54%). We have provided 
feedback to GRESB and a request to identify and 
prioritise those companies in the portfolio which are 
not covered under the Real Estate Assessment.

Coverage of our sector increased from 98% to 99% and 
the Fund’s portfolio from 83% to 89%. Where  coverage 
is based on public data, a significant proportion is 
included, whereas where specific data has to be 
submitted by companies the coverage is currently 
much thinner.

The table below compares coverage by both data 
providers year on year.

Data coverage as % of weight of the invested equity portfolio

2022

Rated

Unrated

Total

GRESB

MSCI

Real Estate Assessment

Public Disclosure

Company Rating

Fund

Benchmark

Fund

Benchmark

Fund

Benchmark

50%

50%

100%

54%

46%

100%

97%

3%

100%

97%

3%

100%

89%

11%

100%

99%

1%

100%

Source: GRESB, MSCI, BMO Global Asset Management. Data as at 31.03.2022. Fund exposure calculated as the % weight of the invested equity portfolio.

2021

Rated

Unrated

Total

GRESB

MSCI

Real Estate Assessment

Public Disclosure

Company Rating

Fund

Benchmark

Fund

Benchmark

Fund

Benchmark

54%

46%

100%

55%

45%

100%

96%

4%

100%

99%

1%

100%

83%

17%

100%

98%

2%

100%

Source: GRESB, MSCI, BMO Global Asset Management. Data as at 31.03.2021. Fund exposure calculated as the % weight of the invested equity portfolio.

34

TR Property Investment TrustOne area where we are starting to see more data is 
in emissions reporting so we have tentatively begun 
to map out some data below with the emphasis 
being more on direction of travel than the absolute 
measures themselves. This is also an area where we 
expect to see change which is also explained.

Portfolio-weighted carbon intensity
Last year, for the first time, we disclosed, as best we 
were able to, the portfolio-weighted carbon intensity 
of the total portfolio. 

Carbon Risk measures exposure to carbon intensive 
companies. MSCI’s definition and calculation, with 
data based on MSCI CarbonMetrics, is the portfolio 
weighted average of issuer carbon intensity. At the 
issuer level, Carbon Intensity is the ratio of annual 
scope 1 and 2 carbon emissions to annual revenue. 
Carbon Risk is categorized as Very Low (0 to <15), 
Low (15 to<70), Moderate (70 to <250), High (250 to 
<525), and VeryHigh (>=525). 

The Carbon Risk of the equity portfolio, measured at 
the financial year end, was 63.3 T CO2E/$M Sales, 
falling within the low risk MSCI category.  The fund’s 
portfolio weighted carbon intensity was broadly in 
line with that of the benchmark of 60.6. 

Comparing against the results from last year shows 
a headline c.25% increase in carbon intensity for 
both our own equity portfolio and the index. There 
are a number of reasons for this. Whilst the ratio is a 
snapshot taken at each financial year end reflecting 
the change in equity holdings over the period, there is 
also wider coverage of data at the 2022 financial year 
end (89% for the current year fund holdings versus 
82% for the prior year). The latest emissions data for 
each company is captured by MSCI on publication of 
their data; each company is not releasing their data 
at the same point so timing differences will arise. The 
ratio will also be impacted by the changing value of 
$ Sales, including the impact of FX rates. However, 
within these limitations, we can be reasonably 
confident that the Carbon Risk of the fund is in line 
with the wider benchmark.

T CO2E/$M Sales

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0

2022

2021

TR Property Investment Trust

FTSE EPRA Nareit Developed Europe Capped Index

In order to attempt to give a picture of the direction 
of travel, we have looked at the individual companies 
the fund holds to assess which have improving or 
deteriorating carbon intensity metrics over 3 and 5 
year periods. 

This analysis depends upon the integrity of the 
underlying data and breadth of data coverage, so 
we would flag that this is a work in progress, but it 
indicates a positive trend as awareness improves 
and companies are obliged to disclose data.

3

10

11

3 yr  
momentum

5 yr
momentum

34

29

Improving
Deteriorating
Neutral

By number of companies. Improving where end of period value 
is less than start of period. Deteriorating where end of period 
value is greater. 3yrs : Data for 47 of 66 stocks. 5yrs : Data for 40 
of 66 stocks.

Source: MSCI, BMO Global Asset Management. Data as at 31.03.2022. 

35

Annual Report & Accounts 2022OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsGlossary and AIFMD disclosureNotice of AGMShareholder information 
 
 
Responsible investment
continued

For the property sector, the focus is currently on the 
energy efficiency of buildings once they are occupied, 
but we expect in time more attention will be paid to 
the carbon emitted in getting them built and eventually 
dismantled which accounts for a large proportion of  
a building’s emissions over its lifespan. 

The Company is committed to ESG as a core principle 
and we expect to increase the visibility of the various 
ESG initiatives over time. 

We are of the view that the ESG rating industry and 
its approach and processes is still immature with 
significant limitations making it difficult to draw true 
comparisons and make fully informed decisions. 
The assessments from the various data providers 
reach different conclusions as they do not all score 
in a consistent way. Some of the assessments are 
subjective and different data provides have different 
definitions and criteria.

We expect this to eventually converge into some 
form of consensus or standardisation but it still has 
a way to go. Conceptually, making ESG comparisons 
between companies and portfolios appears simple, 
but it is actually rather complex and it is important 
to ensure that valid comparisons are being made. 
Asset Managers, Wealth Managers and the industry 
Gatekeepers are investing a great deal of resource 
in this area and scrutinising the data provided more 
rigorously. A lot of shortcomings are being uncovered 
and the different approaches highlighted. This in turn 
will put pressure on the data providers to improve the 
quality and clarify the basis of their analysis. 

The Manager is dedicating resource to the analysis  
of the information available and also has the benefit
of the knowledge of its award winning Responsible 
Investment Team. 

As data coverage improves, our Manager will in turn 
be able to engage with our investee companies on 
environmental matters and report to our shareholders 
in more depth.

36

Direct Property Portfolio
The Management team recognise the importance 
of sustainability in our business and in the direct 
property assets which we invest in, hold and manage 
on behalf of our investors. Property impacts upon 
the environment, the health and wellbeing of 
occupiers, and the communities in which they are 
situated. Specific issues relevant to the physical 
property investment portfolio include, for example, 
responsible and sustainable refurbishment practices, 
efficient use of resources throughout their operation, 
and design and services to support the health and 
wellbeing of occupiers and local communities.

The Trust aims to integrate ESG into all elements of 
its business practice through our investments in our 
assets directly and through our partnership with our 
Managing agents and tenants. 

Occupiers are increasingly considering employee 
wellbeing when selecting workspace. Natural 
light, biophilia, fitness facilities and other occupier 
amenities all provide a competitive edge. Through 
our occupier focused, opportunity led approach, this 
means being a responsible owner of commercial 
real estate, helping our occupiers succeed and being 
valued by all our stakeholders. 

To deliver on our purpose, we have in place three 
distinct strategic pillars: Asset Energy Performance 
(Environmental), Occupier Engagement (Social) and 
Operational Performance (Governance). These pillars 
include a range of strategic priorities which guide the 
direction of our ESG Strategy and we regularly review 
this together with our managing agents. 

(Environmental) - Asset Energy Performance
During the year our managing agents joined the 
Better Buildings Partnership, a collaboration of the 
UK’s leading commercial property owners to support 
our mutual focus for the coming year on establishing 
our pathway to achieving carbon neutrality by 2050. 
Part of this is establishing an energy data baseline 
through Automatic Meter Readers (AMRs) across all 
assets to set targets against a recognised framework 
and our business peers in REEB via the BBP.

Data Management
The Company is implementing software enabled 
data management alongside changes in the data 
collection processes to obtain greater visibility of our 
utility consumption. Having access to good quality 
data and the ability to monitor consumption patterns, 
supported by more granular reporting at meter level, 
will enable us to have a better understanding as to 
where to focus in establishing our energy targets. 

TR Property Investment TrustThe groundwork being undertaken to further develop  
the data management processes and improve data 
quality will underpin the creation of asset sustainability 
action plans.

Energy Performance Certificate ('EPC')
As part of our continuing asset management strategy 
we review the EPC ratings of all our assets to identify 
opportunities to improve the EPC rating on re-letting of 
units or engagement with occupiers to undertake works. 
TRPITs exposure to EPC risk has been well managed, 
with every applicable UK property having a valid EPC 
rating. To future-proof the portfolio, the Managers 
Sustainability and Social Responsibility Committee has 
established a target to achieve a minimum EPC rating 
of D for all planned refurbishments and upgrade works 
to the portfolio. We acknowledges the shift towards a 
minimum EPC grade of B by 2030. 

GRESB 
GRESB and our use of data from GRESB has been 
described on page 34. For 2022/23 the Company will be 
submitting fund data to GRESB for benchmarking against 
its peers. 2022/23 will be the first benchmarking year for 
the Trust's property portfolio and we are targeting annual 
improvements in the GRESB score on our direct portfolio.

(Social) Occupier Engagement 
The Trust recognises that despite many sustainability 
related activities being devolved to tenants, it still has a 
duty to influence their behaviour. Through our hands on 
management approach we seek to pro-actively engage 
with occupiers and explore ways in which we  
can support, encourage and potentially invest in their 
ESG-related objectives.

(Governance) Operational Performance 

Building Refurbishment
We are, in partnership with our building advisers 
establishing an ESG-focused refurbishment checklist. 
This will provide a set of guidelines to ensure our 
refurbishment process and refurbished buildings meet 
the appropriate environmental, social and governance 
standards based on the scope and type of refurbishment 
works being undertaken. The Trust has already 
committed to all major refurbishment projects being 
grounded in Performance by Design at developed by the 
Better Buildings Partnership.

Green Leases
Our occupiers account for the majority of the energy 
consumption of our buildings. In recognition that we need 
to partner with our occupiers, in 2021 we developed a 
Green Lease toolkit for all new leases. This involves tenant 
education into the benefit to working together to reduce 
energy and water consumption as well waste generation.

Sustainable Supply Chain
We are aware of the impact via our supply chain and 
have formed our ESG strategy way in which we engage 
in business with 3rd party suppliers to complement 
our Net Carbon Zero goals whilst also making positive 
contribution to society, minimizing any negative impact 
on people and the environment and to promote safe  
and fair working conditions and the responsible 
management of social, ethical, and environmental  
issues in our supply chain. 

Net zero carbon pathway 
This year we have completed the review of our 
sustainability priorities and material issues. A key
recommendation regarding one of those material issues, 
Climate Change Adaptation and Mitigation, was to start 
the journey towards net zero carbon and assess its 
feasibility. This is a key challenge facing the real estate 
sector, with many companies beginning to publish their 
own net zero carbon pathways. A related issue is to 
develop our reporting under the Task Force on Climate-
related Financial Disclosures recommendations. We have 
recognised that to develop our net zero carbon pathway 
we will need to partner with a third party specialist, and 
are currently working through the selection process. We 
intend to define our net zero carbon pathway and targets 
in line with the Better Buildings Partnership framework 
during the course of this year.

By order of the Board
David Watson
Chairman
13 June 2022

37

Annual Report & Accounts 2022OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsGlossary and AIFMD disclosureNotice of AGMShareholder informationGovernance

38

TR Property Investment TrustDirectors

Board diversity

40%

60%

Female
Male

David Watson 
Chairman

Appointed:
April 2012

Kate Bolsover
Non-Executive Director

Appointed:
October 2019

Experience:
David became Chairman in July 2020, 
prior to which he served as the Board’s 
Senior Independent Director ('SID') 
and Chairman of the Audit Committee. 
David spent 9 years as Finance Director 
of M&G Group plc, where he was a 
director of four equity investment 
trusts, and more recently at Aviva plc as 
Chief Finance Officer of Aviva General 
Insurance. He is a Chartered Accountant 
and has had a distinguished career in 
the financial services industry.

Experience:
Kate previously worked for Cazenove 
Group and J.P. Morgan Cazenove 
between 1995 and 2005 where she was 
Managing Director of the mutual fund 
business and latterly director of Corporate 
Communications. Prior to that, she worked 
extensively in the investment fund industry 
and was Managing Director of Baring’s 
mutual funds group. Kate was previously 
a non-executive director of JPMorgan 
American Investment Trust plc, Senior 
Independent Director of Montanaro UK 
Smaller Companies Trust and Chairman 
and Trustee of Tomorrow’s People.

Skills and contribution to the Board:
Throughout his executive career, David 
has accumulated relevant skills in 
finance, audit and risk management and 
experience in the investment industry. 
His experience as SID and Chair on a 
number of boards have built significant 
experience in shareholder and investor 
engagement.

Skills and contribution to the Board:
From her executive experience, Kate 
contributes significant and relevant skills 
of the investment industry. Her role on 
various boards also gives her the relevant 
experience in shareholder and investor 
engagement.

Other appointments:
David is currently Chairman of Aegon 
Asset Management UK plc and a 
Director of the Prudential Assurance 
Company, where he Chairs the Audit 
Committee.

Other appointments:
Kate is currently Chairman of Fidelity 
Asian Values PLC and Senior Independent 
Director of Invesco Bond Income Plus 
Limited. She is also a non-executive 
Director of Baillie Gifford & Co Ltd and of 
Bellevue Healthcare Trust.

40

TR Property Investment Trust 
 
Sarah-Jane Curtis
Non-Executive Director

Simon Marrison
Senior Independent Director

Tim Gillbanks
Chairman of the Audit Committee

Appointed:
January 2020

Appointed:
September 2011

Appointed:
January 2018

Experience:
Sarah-Jane is a Member of the Royal 
Institution of Chartered Surveyors. She 
was previously Business Director at 
Bicester Village for Value Retail. Prior 
to that, Sarah-Jane was a director of 
Covent Garden for Capital and Counties 
PLC. She has also worked for Grosvenor 
for 24 years, including as London Estate 
Director (retail/residential) and Fund 
Manager for LiverpoolONE.

Skills and contribution to the Board:
Sarah-Jane has gained extensive 
experience during her varied
career, particularly in the retail and 
experience sectors and in fund and 
investment management activities.

Experience:
Simon joined the Board in September 2011 
and became Senior Independent Director in 
July 2020. He has over 30 years’ experience 
in the European property investment 
industry. He is currently senior advisor for 
European Real Estate at Kohlberg Kravis 
Roberts ('KKR'). Prior to that he spent 19 
years at LaSalle Investment Management 
where he was European CEO for 12 years 
with responsibility for a portfolio of over €20 
billion across Europe.

Simon has been based in Paris since 1990 
having started his career in London. Until 
1997 he was a partner at Healey & Baker 
(now Cushman & Wakefield) and from 
1997 to 2001 he was at Rodamco where he 
became Country Manager for France. He 
joined LaSalle in 2001 as Managing Director 
for Continental Europe.

Skills and contribution to the Board:
Simon brings a wealth of experience, 
particularly in the European property 
market. He has gained leadership and 
management skills in his executive 
roles and relevant skills in investment 
management.

Other appointments:
Sarah-Jane is currently Property 
Director of Bicester Motion as well as a 
consultant to Value Retail PLC.

Other appointments:
Senior advisor for European Real  
Estate at KKR.

Experience:
Tim is a Chartered Accountant, with 30 
years’ experience in the financial services 
and investment industry. Most recently he 
spent 13 years at Columbia Threadneedle 
Investments, initially as Chief Financial 
Officer, then Chief Operating Officer and 
finally as interim Chief Executive Officer.

Skills and contribution to the Board:
Tim brings a wide experience, particularly 
in financial services and investment 
management. His previous financial 
experience during his executive career 
informs him in his role as the Chairman of 
the Audit Committee.
.

Other appointments:
Tim is currently a Non-Executive Director 
of Brown Shipley & Co Limited, Janus 
Henderson (UK) Investors Limited and 
Janus Henderson Group Holdings Limited. 
He is also Vice-Chair of the Board of Trustees 
of Blood Cancer UK.

41

Annual Report & Accounts 2022OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsGlossary and AIFMD disclosureNotice of AGMShareholder informationManagers

Marcus Phayre-Mudge
Fund Manager

Jo Elliott
Finance Manager

Marcus Phayre-Mudge joined the management team for 
the Company at Henderson Global Investors in January 
1997, initially managing the Company’s direct property 
portfolio and latterly focusing on real estate equities, 
managing a number of UK and pan-European real estate 
equity funds in addition to activities in the Trust. Marcus 
moved to Thames River Capital in October 2004 where he 
is also fund manager of Thames River Property Growth & 
Income Fund Limited. Prior to joining Henderson, Marcus 
was an investment surveyor at Knight Frank (1990) and 
was made an Associate Partner in the fund management 
division (1995). He qualified as a Chartered Surveyor in 
1992 and has a BSc (Hons) in Land Management from 
Reading University.

Jo Elliott has been Finance Manager since 1995, first at 
Henderson Global Investors then, since January 2005, 
at Thames River Capital, when she joined as CFO for the 
property team. She joined Henderson Global Investors 
in 1995, where she most recently held the position of 
Director of Property, Finance & Operations, Europe. 
Previously she was Corporate Finance Manager with 
London and Edinburgh Trust plc and prior to that was 
an investment/treasury analyst with Heron Corporation 
plc. Jo has a BSc (Hons) in Zoology from the University 
of Nottingham and qualified as a Chartered Accountant 
with Ernst & Young in 1988. 

George Gay
Direct Property Fund Manager

Alban Lhonneur
Deputy Fund Manager

George Gay has been the Direct Property Fund Manager 
since 2008. He joined Thames River Capital in 2005 as 
assistant direct property manager and qualified as a 
Chartered Surveyor in 2006. George was previously at 
niche City investment agent, Morgan Pepper where as 
an investment graduate he gained considerable industry 
experience. He has an MA in Property Valuation and Law 
from City University.

Alban Lhonneur, Deputy Fund Manager, joined Thames 
River Capital in August 2008. He was previously at 
Citigroup Global Markets as an Equity Research analyst 
focusing on Continental European Real Estate. Prior 
to that he was at Societe Generale Securities, where 
he focused on transport equity research. He has a BSc 
in Business and Management from the ESC Toulouse 
including one year at Brunel University, London.  
He also attended CERAM Nice High Business School.  
In 2005 he obtained a post-graduate Specialised Master 
in Finance in 2005 from ESCP-EAP.

42

TR Property Investment TrustReport of the Directors

The Directors present the audited financial statements 
of the Group and the Company and their Strategic Report 
and Report of Directors for the year ended 31 March 
2022. The Group comprises TR Property Investment 
Trust plc and its wholly owned subsidiaries. As permitted 
by legislation, some matters normally included in 
the Report of the Directors have been included in the 
Strategic Report because the Board considers them to 
be of strategic importance. Therefore, the review of the 
business of the Company, recent events and outlook can 
be found on pages 4 to 37.

Status
The Company is an investment company, as defined in 
Section 833 of the Companies Act 2006 and operates as 
an investment trust in accordance with Section 1158 of 
the Corporation Tax Act 2010.

The Company has a single share class, Ordinary shares, 
with a nominal value of 25p each which are premium 
listed on the London Stock Exchange.

The Company has received confirmation from HM 
Revenue & Customs that it has been accepted as an 
approved investment trust for accounting periods 
commencing on or after 1 April 2012 subject to the 
Company continuing to meet the eligibility conditions of 
Section 1158 Corporation Tax Act 2010 and the ongoing 
requirements for approved companies in Chapter 3 of 
Part 2 Investment Trust (Approved Company) (Tax) 
Regulations 2011 (Statutory Instrument 2011/2999).

The Directors are of the opinion that the Company has 
conducted and will continue to conduct its affairs so as 
to maintain investment trust status. The Company has 
also conducted its affairs, and will continue to conduct 
its affairs, in such a way as to comply with the Individual 
Savings Accounts Regulations. The Ordinary shares can 
be held in Individual Savings Accounts ('ISAs').

Results and dividends
At 31 March 2022 the net assets of the Company 
amounted to £1,563 million (2021: £1,326 million), on a 
per share basis 492.43p (2021: 417.97p) per share.

Revenue earnings per share for the year amounted to 
13.69p (2021: 12.25p) and the Directors recommend  
the payment of a final dividend of 9.20p (2021: 9.00p)  
per share bringing the total dividend for the year to 
14.50p (2021: 14.20p). In arriving at their dividend 
proposal, the Board also reviewed the income forecasts 
for the year to March 2023.

Performance details are set out in the Financial Highlights  
on page 2 and the outcome of what the Directors consider  
to be the Key Performance Indicators on pages 24 and 25. 
The Chairman’s Statement and the Manager’s Report give  
full details and analysis of the results for the year.

Share capital and buy-back activity
At 31 March 2022 the Company had 317,350,980 (2021: 
317,350,980) Ordinary shares in issue.

At the AGM in 2021 the Directors were given power to buy 
back up to 47,570,911 Ordinary shares. Since that AGM the 
Directors have not bought back any Ordinary shares under 
that authority, which will expire at the 2022 AGM. The Board 
will seek to renew the authority to make market purchases 
of the Company’s Ordinary shares at this year’s AGM.

Since 1 April 2022 to the date of this report, the Company 
has made no market purchases for cancellation. The 
Board has not set a specific discount at which shares will 
be repurchased.

Management arrangements and fees
Details of the management arrangements and fees are 
set out in the Report of the Management Engagement 
Committee beginning on page 54. Total fees paid to the 
Manager in any one year (Management and Performance 
Fees) may not exceed 4.99% of Group Equity Shareholders’ 
Funds. Total fees payable for the year to 31 March 2022 
amount to 2.0% (2021: 1.2%) of Group Equity Shareholders’ 
Funds. Included in this were performance fees earned 
in the year ended 31 March 2022 of £24,489,000 (2021: 
£9,659,000).

Basis of accounting
The Group and Company financial statements for the 
year ended 31 March 2022 have been prepared on a 
going concern basis in accordance with UK-adopted 
international accounting standards and in conformity with 
the requirement of the Companies Act 2006. The financial 
statements have also been prepared in accordance with 
the Statement of Recommended Practice 'Financial 
Statements of Investment Trust Companies and Venture 
Capital Trusts' ('SORP') to the extent that is consistent with 
UK-adopted international accounting standards.

The accounting policies are set out in note 1 to the 
Financial Statements on pages 76 to 79.

43

Annual Report & Accounts 2022OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsGlossary and AIFMD disclosureNotice of AGMShareholder informationReport of the Directors
continued

Financial instruments
The Company’s Financial Instruments comprise its 
investment portfolio, cash balances, borrowings and 
debtors and creditors that arise directly from its operations 
such as sales and purchases awaiting settlement, profit 
or loss balances on derivative instruments and accrued 
income and expenses. The financial risk management 
objectives and policies arising from its financial 
instruments and exposure of the Company to risk are 
disclosed in note 11 to the financial statements.

Risk management and internal control
The Board has overall responsibility for the Group’s system 
of risk management and internal control and for reviewing 
its effectiveness. The Portfolio Manager is responsible 
for the day to day investment management decisions on 
behalf of the Group. Accounting and Company Secretarial 
services have both been outsourced.

The system of risk management and internal control 
aims to ensure that the assets of the Group are 
safeguarded, proper accounting records are maintained, 
and the financial information used within the business 
and for publication is reliable. Control of the risks 
identified, covering financial, operational, compliance  
and risk management, is embedded in the controls  
of the Group by a series of regular investment 
performance and attribution statements, financial  
and risk analyses, AIFM and Portfolio Manager reports 
and quarterly control reports.

Key risks have been identified and controls put in 
place to mitigate them, including those not directly the 
responsibility of the AIFM or Portfolio Manager. The key 
risks are explained in more detail in the Strategic Report 
on pages 26 to 29.

The effectiveness of each third-party provider’s internal 
controls is assessed on an ongoing basis by the 
Compliance and Risk departments of the AIFM and 
Portfolio Manager, the Administrator and the Company 
Secretary. Each maintains its own system of risk 
management and internal control and the Board and 
Audit Committee receive regular reports from them. The 
risk management and internal control system is designed 
to provide reasonable, but not absolute, assurance 
against material misstatement or loss and to manage, 
rather than eliminate, risk of failure to achieve objectives.
As the Company has no employees and its operational 
functions are undertaken by third parties, the Audit 
Committee does not consider it necessary for the 

44

Company to establish its own internal audit function. 
Instead, the Audit Committee relies on internal control 
reports received from its principal service providers to 
satisfy itself as to the controls in place.

The Board has established a process for identifying, 
evaluating and managing any major risks faced by the 
Group. It undertakes an annual review of the Group’s 
system of risk management and internal control in line 
with the Turnbull guidance. Business risks have also been 
analysed by the Board and recorded in a risk map that 
is reviewed regularly. Each quarter the Board receives a 
formal report from each of the AIFM, Portfolio Manager, 
the Administrator and the Company Secretary detailing 
any identified internal control failures or errors.

The Board also considers the flow of information and 
the interaction between the third-party service providers 
and the controls in place to ensure accuracy and 
completeness of the recording of assets and income. 
The Board receives a report from the Portfolio Manager 
setting out the key controls in operation.

The Board also has direct access to Company Secretarial 
advice and services provided by BMO Investment 
Business Limited which, through its nominated 
representative, is responsible for ensuring that the 
Board and Committee procedures are followed and that 
applicable regulations are complied with.

These controls have been in place throughout the year 
under review and up to the date of signing the accounts.

Key risks identified by the Auditor are considered by the 
Audit Committee to ensure robust internal controls and 
monitoring procedures are in place in respect of these 
risks on an ongoing basis.

Annual general meeting (the ‘AGM’)
The Company’s AGM will be held at the Royal Automobile 
Club, 89/91 Pall Mall, London SW1Y 5HS on Tuesday 26 
July 2022 at 2.30pm. The Notice of AGM is set out on 
pages 106 and 110. The full text of the resolutions and 
an explanation of each is contained in the Notice of AGM 
and explanatory notes on pages 106 to 112.

Material interests
There were no contracts subsisting during or at the end 
of the year in which a director of the Company is or was 
materially interested and which is or was significant in 
relation to the Company’s business. No Director has a 
contract of service with the Company. Further details 
regarding the Directors' appointment letters can be found 
on page 53.

TR Property Investment TrustSignificant Voting Rights
At 31 March 2022, no shareholders held over 3% of voting 
rights on a discretionary basis. However, the following 
shareholders held over 3% of the voting rights on a non-
discretionary basis:

Shareholder
Brewin Dolphin Ltd
Retail Investors – UK
Interactive Investor Share Dealing Services
Rathbone Investment Management Ltd
Hargreaves Lansdown Asset Management Ltd
Quilter Cheviot Investment Management Ltd
Investec Wealth & Investment Ltd
Charles Stanley Group plc
Smith & Williamson Investment Managers

% of voting rights*
10.5%
9.3%
8.4%
5.8%
5.5%
3.7%
3.6%
3.2%
3.0%

* See above for further information on the voting rights of Ordinary shares.

Since 31 March 2022 to the date of this report, the Company 
has not been informed of any notifiable changes with respect 
to the Ordinary shares.

Articles of Association
The Company’s Articles of Association may only be 
amended by a special resolution at a General Meeting of 
the shareholders. They were amended at the 2021 AGM 
and are available to view on our website.

Corporate Governance
Full details are given in the Corporate Governance Report 
on pages 46 to 51. The Corporate Governance Report 
forms part of this Directors’ Report.

Listing Rule 9.8.4R
The Company confirms that there are no items which 
require disclosure under Listing Rule 9.8.4R in respect  
of the year ended 31 March 2022.

Voting interests
Rights and Obligations Attaching to Shares
Subject to applicable statutes and other shareholders’ rights, 
shares may be issued with such rights and restrictions as 
the Company may by ordinary resolution decide, or (if there 
is no such resolution or so far as it does not make specific 
provision) as the Board may decide. Subject to the Articles 
of Association (the 'Articles'), the Companies Act 2006 
and other shareholders’ rights, unissued shares are at the 
disposal of the Board.

Voting
At a general meeting of the Company, when voting  
is undertaken by way of a poll, each share affords  
its owner one vote.

Restrictions on Voting
No member shall be entitled to vote if he has been served 
with a restriction notice (as defined in the Articles) after 
failure to provide the Company with information concerning 
interests in those shares required to be provided under the 
Companies Act 2006.

Deadlines for Voting Rights
Votes are exercisable at a general meeting of the Company 
in respect of which the business being voted upon is being 
heard. Votes may be exercised in person, by proxy, or in 
relation to corporate members, by corporate representatives.

The Articles provide a deadline for submission of proxy forms 
of not less than 48 hours (or such shorter time as the Board 
may determine) before the meeting (not excluding non-
working days).

Transfer of Shares
Any shares in the Company may be held in uncertificated 
form and, subject to the Articles, title to uncertificated shares 
may be transferred by means of a relevant system. Subject 
to the Articles, any member may transfer all or any of his 
certificated shares by an instrument of transfer in any usual 
form or in any other form which the Board may approve.

45

Annual Report & Accounts 2022OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsGlossary and AIFMD disclosureNotice of AGMShareholder informationCorporate Governance report

The Board of Directors is accountable to shareholders 
for the governance of the Company’s affairs. This 
statement describes how the principles of the 2018 
UK Corporate Governance Code (the 'Code') issued 
by the Financial Reporting Council (the ‘FRC’) in 2018 
have been applied to the affairs of the Company. The 
Code can be viewed at www.frc.org.uk.

Composition and Independence of the Board
The Board currently consists of five Directors, all of 
whom are non-executive. The Board’s independence, 
including that of the Chairman, has been considered 
and all of the Directors are deemed to be independent in 
character and have no relationships or circumstances 
which are likely to affect their judgement.

The Board subscribes to the view expressed in the 
AIC Code that long-serving Directors should not 
be prevented from forming part of an independent 
majority. It does not consider that the length of  
a Director’s tenure, in isolation, reduces his or her 
ability to act independently. The Board’s policy 
on tenure is that continuity and experience add 
significantly to the strength of the Board although 
the Board believes in the merits of an ongoing and 
progressive refreshment of its composition.

Diversity
The Board recognises the benefit of diversity and  
as at the date of this report it comprises three men 
and two women. Diversity is taken into account as 
part of the recruitment, appointment and succession  
planning process and the Board is also aware  
of the developing corporate governance with  
regard to ethnicity of individual Directors. The  
Board is committed to appointing the most 
appropriate candidate, regardless of gender  
or other forms of diversity and therefore no  
targets have been set against which to report.

Powers of the Directors
Subject to the Company’s Articles of Association, 
the Companies Act 2006 and any directions given 
by special resolution, the business of the Company 
is managed by the Board who may exercise all the 
powers of the Company, whether relating to the 
management of the business of the Company or not. 
In particular, the Board may exercise all the powers of 
the Company to borrow money and to mortgage or 
charge any of its undertakings, property, assets and 
uncalled capital and to issue debentures and other 
securities and to give security for any debt, liability  
or obligation of the Company to any third party.

There are no contracts or arrangements with third 
parties which affect, alter or terminate upon a 
change of control of the Company.

Application of the AIC Code’s Principles
In applying the principle of the Code, the Directors have 
also taken account of the 2019 Code of Corporate 
Governance published by the AIC (the ‘AIC Code’), 
of which the Company is a member. The AIC Code 
establishes the framework of best practice specifically 
for the Boards of investment trust companies. 
Furthermore, the AIC Code has full endorsement 
of the FRC, which means that AIC members who 
report against the AIC Code, on the whole, meet their 
obligations under the Code and the related disclosure 
requirements contained in the Listing Rules. The AIC 
Code can be viewed at www.theaic.co.uk.

The Directors believe that during the year under review 
the Company has complied with the main principles 
and relevant provisions of the Code, insofar as they 
apply to the Company’s business, and with the 
provisions of the AIC Code.

Compliance Statement
The Directors note that the Company did not comply 
with the following provisions of the Code in the year 
ended 31 March 2022:

Provision 9. Due to the nature and structure of the 
Company the Board of non-executive directors does 
not feel it is appropriate to appoint a chief executive.

Provision 24. The Board believes that all Directors, 
including the Chairman, should sit on all of the 
Board’s Committees.

Provision 26. As the Company has no employees 
and its operational functions are undertaken by third 
parties, the Audit Committee does not consider it 
appropriate for the Company to establish its own 
internal audit function. The Company’s service 
providers provide assurance of their effective system 
of risk management and internal and control.

Provision 32. The Board does not have a separate 
Remuneration Committee. The functions of a 
Remuneration Committee are carried out by the 
Management Engagement Committee.

46

TR Property Investment TrustDirectors
There were no changes to the Board of Directors in 
the year under review. The Directors’ biographies are 
set out on pages 40 and 41. In accordance with the 
Code, all Directors are subject to annual re-election.
Therefore all Directors will retire at the forthcoming 
AGM in accordance with the Code and, being 
eligible, with the exception of Mr Marrison, will offer 
themselves for re-election. Mr Marrison will stand 
down from the Board at the conclusion of the AGM 
and the Board has announced that Andrew Vaughan 
will be appointed with effect from 1 August 2022 to 
succeed him.

Board committees
The Board has established an Audit Committee, 
a Nomination Committee and a Management 
Engagement Committee, which also carries out 
the functions of a Remuneration Committee. All 
the Directors of the Company are non-executive 
and serve on each Committee of the Board. It has 
been the Company’s policy to include all Directors 
on all Committees. This encourages unity, clear 
communication and avoids duplication of discussion 
between the Board and the Committees.

The roles and responsibilities of each Committee 
are set out in the individual Committee reports 
which follow. Each Committee has written terms 
of reference which clearly define its responsibilities 
and duties. These can be found on the Company’s 
website, are available on request and will also be 
available for inspection at the AGM.

Board meetings
The number of meetings of the Board and Committees held during the year under review, and the attendance of 
individual Directors, are shown below:

David Watson
Tim Gillbanks
Simon Marrison
Kate Bolsover
Sarah-Jane Curtis

Board

Audit

MEC

Nomination

Attended

Eligible

Attended

Eligible

Attended

Eligible

Attended

Eligible

6
6
6
6
6

6
6
6
6
6

2
2
2
2
2

2
2
2
2
2

1
1
1
1
1

1
1
1
1
1

1
1
1
1
1

1
1
1
1
1

In addition to formal Board and Committee meetings, the Directors also attend a number of informal meetings to 
represent the interests of the Company and to discuss operational markets and succession planning.

asset allocation and investment and gearing limits 
within which the Portfolio Manager has discretion 
to act and thus supervises the management of 
the investment portfolio, which is contractually 
delegated to the Portfolio Manager.

The Board has responsibility for the approval of 
investments in unquoted investments and any 
investments in funds managed or advised by the 
Portfolio Manager. It has also adopted a procedure 
for Directors, in the furtherance of their duties, to take 
independent professional advice at the expense of 
the Company.

The Board
The Board is responsible for the effective stewardship of the 
Company’s affairs. Certain strategic issues are monitored 
by the Board at meetings against a framework which has 
been agreed with the Manager. Additional meetings may 
be arranged as required. The Board has a formal schedule 
of matters specifically reserved for its decision, which are 
categorised under various headings, including strategy, 
management, structure, capital, financial reporting, internal 
controls, gearing, asset allocation, share price discount, 
contracts, investment policy, finance, risk, investment 
restrictions, performance, corporate governance and Board 
membership and appointments.

In order to enable them to discharge their responsibilities, 
all Directors have full and timely access to relevant 
information. At each meeting, the Board reviews the 
Company’s investment performance and considers 
financial analyses and other reports of an operational 
nature. The Board monitors compliance with the 
Company’s objectives and is responsible for setting  

47

Annual Report & Accounts 2022OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsGlossary and AIFMD disclosureNotice of AGMShareholder informationUpon appointment, Directors’ are provided with 
a detailed induction outlining their duties, legally 
and regulatory, as a Director of a UK public limited 
company and continue to receive regular relevant 
technical updates and training. Under their letter of 
appointment, the Directors also have access to the 
advice and services of the Company Secretary, and 
when deemed necessary, the Directors have the 
opportunity to seek independent professional advice 
in the furtherance of their duties as a director, at the 
Company’s expense.

Decision making
The importance of stakeholder considerations, 
in particular in the context of decision-making, 
is regularly brought to the Board’s attention by 
the Company Secretary and taken into account 
at every Board meeting. The Board considers the 
impact that any material decision will have on all 
relevant stakeholders to ensure that it is making a 
decision that promotes the long-term success of the 
Company, whether this be, for example, in relation 
to dividends, new investment opportunities or the 
Company’s future strategy. In addition, the Board, 
together with the Manager, holds a meeting focused 
on strategy on an annual basis to look ahead in the 
market and anticipate potential scenarios and how 
this may impact the Company’s stakeholders.

Stakeholders
The Board recognises the needs and importance 
of the Company’s stakeholders and ensures that 
they are considered during all its discussions 
and as part of its decision-making. Since the 
Company is an investment trust company that 
is externally managed, the Company does not 
have any employees (the Directors have a Letter 
of Appointment and are not employees of the 
Company), nor does it have a direct impact on the 
community or environment in the conventional 
sense. The Board recognises its key stakeholders 
and explains below why these stakeholders are 
considered important to the Company and the 
actions taken to ensure that their interests are taken 
into account.

Corporate Governance report
continued

Conflicts of interest
In line with the Companies Act 2006, the Board 
has the power to authorise any potential conflicts 
of interest that may arise and impose such limits 
or conditions as it thinks fit. A register of potential 
conflicts is maintained and is reviewed at every 
Board meeting to ensure all details are kept up-to-
date. Appropriate authorisation will be sought prior  
to the appointment of any new Director or if any  
new conflicts arise.

Relations with shareholders
Shareholder relations are given high priority by 
the Board, the AIFM and the Portfolio Manager. 
The prime medium by which the Company 
communicates with shareholders is through  
the Half Year and Annual Reports which aim  
to provide shareholders with a clear understanding  
of the Company’s activities and their results.  
This information is supplemented by the daily 
calculation of the Net Asset Value of the Company’s 
Ordinary shares which is published on the London 
Stock Exchange.

This information is also available on the Company’s 
website, www.trproperty.com together with a 
monthly factsheet and Manager commentary.

It is the intention of the Board that the Annual Report 
and Accounts and Notice of the AGM be issued to 
shareholders so as to provide at least twenty working 
days’ notice of the AGM. Shareholders wishing to 
lodge questions in advance of the AGM, or to contact 
the Board at any other time, are invited to do so by 
writing to the Company Secretary at the registered 
address given on page 107.

General presentations are given to both shareholders 
and analysts following the publication of the annual 
results. All meetings between the Manager and 
shareholders are reported to the Board.

Section 172 Companies Act 2006
Section 172 of the Companies Act 2006 requires 
directors to act in good faith and in a way that  
is the most likely to promote the success of the 
Company. In accordance with the requirements 
of the Companies (Miscellaneous Reporting) 
Regulations 2018, below, the Company explains 
how the Directors have discharged their duty under 
section 172 during the year. Fulfilling this duty 
naturally supports the Company in achieving its
Investment Objective and helps to ensure that  
all decisions are made in a responsible and 
sustainable way.

48

TR Property Investment TrustStakeholder Group and why 
they are important

Board engagement

Shareholders

Shareholder support is 
essential to the existence  
of the Company and 
delivery of long term 
strategy of the business.

The Company has over 3,000 Shareholders, including institutional and retail investors. The 
Board is committed to maintaining open channels of communication and to engage with 
Shareholders in a manner they find most meaningful in order to gain an understanding of 
their views. These include the channels below:

•  Annual General Meeting – The Company welcomes and encourages attendance and 

participation from Shareholders at its AGM. Shareholders have the opportunity to meet the 
Directors and Manager and to address questions to them directly. The Manager attends the 
AGM and provides a presentation on the Company’s performance and the future outlook. 
The Company values any feedback and questions it may receive from Shareholders ahead 
of and during the AGM and takes action or makes changes, when and as appropriate.

•  Publications – The annual and half year reports are made available on the website and 
sent to shareholders. These publications provide information on the Company and its 
portfolio of investments and a better understanding of the Trust’s financial position. This 
is supplemented by daily publication of the NAV on the Stock Exchange and monthly 
factsheets on the Company’s website. The Company is open to feedback from shareholders 
to improve its publications.

•  Shareholder meetings – The Manager meets with shareholders periodically and often and 

feedback is shared with the Board.

•  Working with the Brokers – The Manager and Brokers work together to maintain dialogue 
with shareholders and prospective investors at scheduled meetings. The Board is provided 
with regular updates at meetings and outside meetings if required.

•  Shareholder concerns – In the event that Shareholders wish to raise issues or concerns 
with the Board, they are welcome to do so at any time by writing to the Chairman at the 
registered office. The Senior Independent Director is also available to Shareholders if they 
have concerns that contact through the normal channel of the Chairman has failed to 
resolve or for which such contact is inappropriate.

The Manager

Holding the Company’s 
shares offers investors a 
liquid investment vehicle 
through which they can 
obtain exposure to the 
Company’s diversified 
portfolio. The Investment 
Manager’s performance is 
critical for the Company 
to successfully deliver its 
investment strategy and 
meet its objective.

Maintaining a close and constructive working relationship with the Manager is crucial, as the 
Board and the Manager both aim to continue to achieve consistent, long-term returns in line 
with the Company’s investment objective. Important components in the collaboration with 
the Manager, representative of the Company’s culture include those listed below.

•  Encouraging open, honest and collaborative discussions at all levels, allowing time and 

space for original and innovative thinking.

•  Ensuring that the impact on the Manager is fully considered and understood before any 

business decision is made.

• Ensuring that any potential conflicts of interest are avoided or managed effectively.

The Board holds detailed discussions with the Manager on all key strategic and operational 
topics on an ongoing basis. In addition, the Chairman regularly meets with the Manager to 
ensure a close dialogue is maintained.

External Service Providers, particularly the Company Secretary, the Administrator, the Registrar and the Depository and 
the Broker
A range of advisers 
enables the Company to 
function as an investment 
trust and a constituent of 
the FTSE 250 to ensure 
it meets its relevant 
obligations.

The Board maintains regular contact with its key external providers and receives regular 
reporting from them through the Board and committee meetings, as well as outside of the 
regular meeting cycle. Their advice, as well as their needs and views are routinely taken into 
account. The Management Engagement Committee formally assesses their performance, 
fees and continuing appointment at least annually to ensure that the key service providers 
continue to function at an acceptable level and are appropriately remunerated to deliver 
the expected level of service. The Audit Committee reviews and evaluates the control 
environments in place at each service provider as appropriate.

49

Annual Report & Accounts 2022OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsGlossary and AIFMD disclosureNotice of AGMShareholder informationCorporate Governance report
continued

Stakeholder Group and why 
they are important

Board engagement

The Board needs to demonstrate to lenders that it is a well-managed business, capable of 
consistently delivering long-term returns.

The Board regularly considers how it meets various regulatory and statutory obligations and 
follows voluntary and best-practice guidance, including how any governance decisions it 
makes can have an impact on its stakeholders, both in the shorter and in the longer-term.

The Manager communicates regularly with portfolio companies and is an engaged 
shareholder (on behalf of the Company). The Board monitors the Manager’s stewardship 
arrangements and receives regular feedback on meetings with the management of portfolio 
companies and voting at their general meetings.

Lenders

Availability of funding and 
liquidity are crucial to the 
Company’s ability to take 
advantage of investment 
opportunities as they arise.

Regulators

The Company can only 
operate with the approval  
of its regulators who have  
a legitimate interest in how 
the Company operates  
in the market and treats  
its shareholders.

Investee Companies

Portfolio companies are 
ultimately shareholders 
assets and the Board 
recognises the importance 
of good stewardship  
and communication  
with investee companies 
in meeting the Company’s 
investment objective  
and strategy.

The Board is always mindful of the requirement to act in 
the best interests of shareholders as a whole and to have 
regard to the other requirements of section 172 which form 
part of Board’s decision-making process. The following key 
decisions taken by the Board during the year ended 31 March 
2022 are examples of this:

Gearing
During the financial year, the Company continued to utilise its 
existing revolving annual loan facilities and following a review 
of the available options each were renewed on broadly similar 
terms as the renewals fell due throughout the year. The Board 
is keen to maintain a wide range of banking relationships to 
ensure that it has access to a diverse range of terms and is 
not reliant on any one provider. The facilities provide flexibility 
and complement the longer-term private placement fixed 
term debt that is in place. 

Dividends
Subject to shareholder approval of the proposed final 
dividend, the Company paid a total dividend of 14.50p for the 
financial year, representing an increase of 2.1% compared 
to the previous year. Uncertainty related to the COVID-19 
pandemic continued through the 2021-22 financial year. 
Income levels improved as companies resumed paying 
dividends although still not at pre COVID-19 levels. The Board 
recognises the importance of dividends to shareholders 
and after careful review of the Company’s revenue forecasts 

and reserves together with the investment outlook with the 
Manager, the Board decided that, it would once again draw on 
the revenue reserve to support the dividend. 

The board is prepared to use revenue reserves to support the 
dividends paid to shareholders over short term periods of 
income shortfall or volatility for identified reasons.

Portfolio management
During the year the Board continued to focus on the 
performance of the Manager in achieving the Company’s 
investment objective within an appropriate risk framework. 
The Board continued to consider the impact on the Company 
(including portfolio activity, risks and opportunities, gearing, 
revenue forecasts and the operations of other third party 
providers) of a number of events through the financial year 
to ensure that the portfolio had sufficient resilience together 
with the Company’s operational structure to meet the 
unprecedented circumstances.

Directorate
The Board’s policy on tenure was reviewed during the 
year. The stability of the Board during one of the most 
challenging periods was considered important particularly 
as appointments had been made to the Board in October 
2019 and January 2020. Therefore, no changes were made 
to the Board composition during the financial year. However, 
the Board is mindful of the importance of having a suitable 

50

TR Property Investment Trustsuccession plan. Simon Marrison will stand down from the 
Board at the conclusion of the 2022 AGM and will be replaced 
by Andrew Vaughan with effect from 1 August 2022.

Culture and business conduct
The Board is in agreement that having a good corporate 
culture, particularly in its engagement with the Manager, 
shareholders and other key stakeholders will aid delivery 
of its long term strategy. The Board promotes a culture 
of openness, in line with this purpose through ongoing 
engagement with its service providers and the Manager. The 
Directors agree that establishing and maintaining a healthy 
corporate culture within the Board and in its interaction 
with the Manager, shareholders and other stakeholders will 
support the delivery of its purpose, values and strategy. The 
Board seeks to promote a culture of openness, debate and 
integrity through ongoing dialogue and engagement with 
its service providers, principally the Manager. The Board 
strives to ensure that its culture is in line with the Company’s 
purpose, values and strategy.

The Company has a number of policies and procedures in 
place to assist with maintaining a culture of good governance 
including those relating to diversity, Directors’ conflicts of 
interest and Directors’ dealings in the Company’s shares. The 
Board assesses and monitors compliance with these policies 
as well as the general culture of the Board regularly through 
Board meetings and in particular during the annual evaluation 
process which is undertaken by each Director (for more 
information see the Board evaluation section on page 52).

The Board seeks to appoint the best possible service 
providers and evaluates their service on a regular basis as 
described on page 54. The Board considers the culture of the 
Manager and other service providers, including their policies, 
practices and behaviour, through regular reporting from  
these stakeholders and in particular during the annual  
review of the performance and continuing appointment  
of all service providers.

Employee, social impact and wider community
The Board recognises the requirement under the Companies 
Act 2006 to detail information about human rights, 
employees and community issues, including information 
about any policies it has in relation to those matters and 
the effectiveness of those policies. These requirements, 
practically, are not applicable to the Company as it has no 
employees, all the Directors are non-executive and it has 
outsourced all operational functions to third-party service 
providers. Therefore, the Company has not reported further in 
respect of these provisions.

Directors’ indemnity
Directors’ and Officers’ liability insurance cover is in 
place in respect of the Directors. The Company’s Articles 
of Association provide, subject to the provisions of UK 
legislation, an indemnity for Directors in respect of costs 

which they may incur relating to the defence of any 
proceedings brought against them arising out of their 
positions as Directors, in which they are acquitted or 
judgement is given in their favour by the court.

To the extent permitted by law and by the Company’s 
Articles of Association, the Company has entered into deeds 
of indemnity for the benefit of each Director of the Company 
in respect of liabilities which may attach to them in their 
capacity as Directors of the Company. These provisions, 
which are qualifying third party indemnity provisions as 
defined by section 234 of the Companies Act 2006, were 
introduced in January 2007 and currently remain in force.

Directors’ statement as to disclosure of 
information to the Auditor
The Directors who were members of the Board at the time 
of approving the Directors’ Report are listed on pages 40 
and 41. Having made enquiries of fellow Directors and of the 
Company’s Auditor, each of the Directors confirms that:

•   so far as they are aware, there is no information of which 

the Company’s Auditor is unaware; and

•   each Director has taken all the steps that they ought to 
have taken as a Director to make themselves aware of 
any relevant audit information and to establish that the 
Company’s Auditor is aware of that information.

This information is given and should be interpreted in 
accordance with the provisions of Section 418 of the 
Companies Act 2006.

By order of the Board
BMO Investment Business Limited
Company Secretary
13 June 2022

51

Annual Report & Accounts 2022OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsGlossary and AIFMD disclosureNotice of AGMShareholder informationReport of the Nomination Committee

Nomination Committee
Chairman: David Watson

Key responsibilities
•   Review the Board and its Committees and make 

recommendations in relation to structure, size and 
composition, the balance of knowledge, experience 
and skill ranges;

•   Consider succession planning and tenure policy and 

oversee the development of a diverse pipeline;

•   Consider the re-election of Directors; and

•   Review the outcome of the board evaluation process.

The Nomination Committee meets at least annually,  
and more frequently as and when required and last  
met in March 2022.

Activity during the year
The Committee discussed succession planning of the 
Board, its tenure and diversity policies. The Committee 
reviews annually the size and structure of the Board and 
will continue to review succession planning and further 
recruitment, taking into account the recommendations  
of Board evaluations.

Board evaluation
Following the engagement of Tim Stephenson  
of Stephenson & Co, to facilitate an independent,  
external evaluation of the effectiveness of the Board,  
its committees and the performance of each director 
for the year ended 31 March 2020, the annual evaluation 
for the year ended 31 March 2022 was carried out 
internally. This took the form of questionnaires followed 
by discussions to identify the effectiveness of the Board’s 
activities, including its Committees.

The Chairman also reviewed with each Director their 
individual performance, contribution and commitment. The 
appraisal of the Chairman followed the same format and was 
led by Simon Marrison. The results of the evaluation process 
were presented to and considered by the Board. There were 
no significant actions arising from the evaluation process 
and it was agreed that the current composition of the Board 
and its Committees reflected a suitable mix of skills and 
experience, and that the Board as a whole, the individual 
Directors and its Committees were functioning effectively.

After careful consideration, particularly of the Board’s 
policy governing Directors’ tenure and reappointment, 
all Directors, with the exception of Simon Marrison, will 
offer themselves for re-election at the forthcoming AGM. 
It is considered that each of them merit re-election by 
shareholders. Further information on each Director’s 
skills, experience and their contribution to the Board are 
outlined in the biographies on pages 40 and 41.

In accordance with the provisions of the Code, it is the 
intention of the Board to engage an external facilitator to 
assist with the performance evaluation every three years 
and the next external evaluation will be carried out for 
the year ending 31 March 2023. The Board will continue 
to complete an internal board evaluation annually in the 
intervening years.

Board’s policy on tenure
Provision 24 of the AIC Code of Corporate Governance, it 
allows a different approach to tenure in relation to investment 
companies, reflecting how they differ to chairs of operating 
companies, where the Board does not have a chief executive. 
The Board took into consideration the approach and 
introduced its ‘Policy Governing Board Members’ Tenure and 
Reappointment’. This policy outlines the Board’s approach 
to tenure and reappointment of non-executive directors. It 
states its belief that the value brought through continuity 
and experience of Directors with longer periods of service is 
not only desirable, but essential in an investment company. 
The Board did not feel that it would be appropriate to set a 
specific tenure limit for individual Directors or the Chairman 
of the Board or its committees. Instead, the Board will seek 
to recruit a new Director on average every three years so 
as regularly to bring the challenge of fresh thinking into the 
Board’s discussions, ensuring that on each occasion that 
the Board enters into new investment commitments, at least 
half the Board members have direct personal experience of 
negotiating previous commitments with the Manager.

Board Succession
Having served as a Director since 2011, Mr Marrison 
will stand down from the Board at the conclusion of 
the forthcoming AGM. He will be succeeded by Andrew 
Vaughan, who joins the Board on 1 August 2022. An 
independent third party agency, Egon Zehnder, was 
engaged for the recruitment process which resulted 
in Andrew’s appointment. Egon Zehnder have no other 
connection with the Company.

52

TR Property Investment Trust 
Directors’ training
When a new Director is appointed, he/she is offered 
training to suit their needs. Directors are also provided 
with key information on the Company’s activities on 
a regular basis, including regulatory and statutory 
requirements and internal controls. Changes affecting 
Directors’ responsibilities are advised to the Board as 
they arise. Directors ensure that they are updated on 
regulatory, statutory and industry matters.

Letters of appointment
No Director has a contract of employment with 
the Company. Directors’ terms and conditions for 
appointment are set out in letters of appointment which 
are available for inspection at the registered office of the 
Company and at the AGM.

David Watson
Chairman of the Nomination Committee 
13 June 2022

53

Annual Report & Accounts 2022OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsGlossary and AIFMD disclosureNotice of AGMShareholder informationReport of the Management Engagement Committee

Management engagement  
committee (the ‘MEC’)
Chairman: David Watson

Key responsibilities
•   Monitor and review the performance of the  

AIFM and Portfolio Manager;

•   Review the terms of the Investment  

Manager Agreement;

•   Annually review the contract of terms and 
agreements of each external third party  
service provider; and

•   Review, on an annual basis, the remuneration  

of the Directors.

In addition to investment management, the Board has 
delegated to external third parties the depositary and 
custodial services (which include the safeguarding 
of assets), the day to day accounting, company 
secretarial services, administration and share 
registration services. Each of these contracts was 
entered into after full and proper consideration of the 
quality of the services offered, including the control 
systems in operation insofar as they relate to the 
affairs of the Company. The MEC determines and 
approves Directors’ fees, having regard to the level of 
fees payable to non- executive Directors in the industry 
generally, the role that individual Directors fulfil in 
respect of Board and Committee responsibilities and 
the time committed to the Company’s affairs. For 
further details please see the Directors’ Remuneration 
Report on pages 56 to 58.

The MEC meets at least annually, towards the end of 
the financial year and last met in March 2022.

Activity during the year
At the meeting held in March 2022, the MEC 
reviewed the performance of the AIFM and Portfolio 
Manager and considered both the appropriateness 
of the Manager’s appointment and the contractual 
arrangements (including the structure and level of 
remuneration) with the Manager.

In addition to the reviews by the MEC, the Board 
reviewed and considered performance reports from the 
Portfolio Manager at each Board meeting. The Board 
also received regular reports from the Administrator 
and Company Secretary.

The Board believe that the Manager’s track record 
and performance remains outstanding. As a result, 
the MEC confirmed that the AIFM and Portfolio 
Manager should be retained for the financial year 

54

ending 31 March 2023, being in the best interests of all 
shareholders. A summary of the significant terms of 
the Investment Management Agreement and the third 
party service providers who support the Company are 
set out below.

During the year the MEC also reviewed the 
performance of all their third party service providers 
including BNP Paribas, Computershare, BMO acting as 
Company Secretary, both firms of corporate brokers 
and PwC (as tax advisors). The Portfolio Manager 
provides regular updates on the performance of all 
third party providers during the year and attended this 
part of the MEC Meeting. The MEC confirmed that it 
was satisfied with the level of services delivered by 
each third party provider.

Management arrangements and fees
On 11 July 2014, the Board appointed BMO Investment 
Business Limited as the Company’s Alternative 
Investment Fund Manager (in accordance with the 
Alternative Investment Fund Managers Directive)  
with portfolio management delegated to the 
Investment Manager, Thames River Capital LLP.

The significant terms of the Investment Management 
Agreement with the Manager are as follows:

Notice period
The Investment Management Agreement (‘IMA’) 
provides for termination of the agreement by either 
party without compensation on the provision of not 
less than 12 months’ written notice.

Management fees 
The fee for the period under review was a fixed fee of
£3,745,000 plus an ad valorem fee of 0.20% pa based 
on the net asset value (determined in accordance with 
the AIC method of valuation) on the last day of March, 
June, September and December, payable quarterly in 
advance. The fee arrangements have been reviewed by 
the Board for the year to 31 March 2023 and the fixed 
element of the fee will increase to £3,895,000 and the 
ad valorem rate will remain unchanged.

The Board continues to consider that the fee structure 
aligns the interests of the shareholder and the Manager 
as well as being highly competitive.

The fee arrangements will continue to be reviewed on 
an annual basis.

Performance fees 
In addition to the management fees, the Board has 
agreed to pay the Manager performance related fees in 
respect of an accounting period if certain performance 
objectives are achieved.

TR Property Investment TrustA performance fee is payable if the total return of 
adjusted net assets (after deduction of all Base 
Management Fees and other expenses), as defined 
in the IMA, at 31 March each year outperforms the 
total return of the Company’s benchmark plus 1% 
(the ‘hurdle rate’); this outperformance (expressed 
as a percentage) is known as the ‘percentage 
outperformance’. Any fee payable will be the 
amount equivalent to the adjusted net assets at 
31 March each year multiplied by the percentage 
outperformance, then multiplied by 15%. The 
maximum performance fee payable for a period is 
capped at 1.5% of the adjusted net assets. However, 
if the adjusted net assets at the end of any period 
are less than at the beginning of the period, the 
maximum performance fee payable will be limited  
to 1% of the adjusted net assets.

If the total return of shareholders’ funds for any 
performance period is less than the benchmark 
for the relevant performance period, such 
underperformance (expressed as a percentage) will 
be carried forward to future performance periods.

If any fee exceeds the cap, such excess performance 
(expressed as a percentage) will be carried 
forward and applied to offset any percentage 
underperformance in future performance periods. 
In the event that the benchmark is exceeded but 
the hurdle is not, that outperformance of the 
benchmark can be used to offset past or future 
underperformance. These amounts can be used for 
offset purposes only and therefore cannot have the 
effect of creating a fee in a year where a fee would 
not otherwise be payable or increasing the fee in that 
year. At 31 March 2022 there is a carry forward of 
outperformance of 1.9% (2021: 1.8%).

Management company
On 8 November 2021 BMO’s asset management 
business in Europe, the Middle East and Africa 
became part of Columbia Threadneedle Investments, 
the global asset management business of 
Ameriprise Financial, Inc. The process of integrating 
the two firms is progressing and both companies 
have confirmed the importance of maintaining the 
stability and continuity of the teams which support 
the Company.

Depositary arrangements and fees
BNP Paribas was appointed as Depositary on  
14 July 2014 in accordance with the AIFMD.  
The Depositary’s responsibilities include: cash 
monitoring; segregation and safe keeping of the 
Company’s financial instruments; and monitoring  
the Company’s compliance with investment and 
leverage requirements. The Depositary receives

for its services a fee of 2.0 basis points per annum  
on the first £150 million of the Company’s assets,  
1.4 basis points per annum on assets above £150 
million and below £500 million and 0.75 basis points 
on assets above £500 million.

Review of third party service  
providers fees
Custody and Administration Services are provided  
by BNP Paribas and Company Secretarial Services  
by BMO Investment Business Limited. The fees for 
these services are charged directly to the Company 
and are contained within other administrative  
expenses disclosed in notes to the accounts.

David Watson
Chairman of the Management  
Engagement Committee
13 June 2022

55

Annual Report & Accounts 2022OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsGlossary and AIFMD disclosureNotice of AGMShareholder informationDirectors’ Remuneration Report

made for loss of office. The terms of their appointment 
are detailed in an appointment letter when they join the 
Board. As the Directors do not have service contracts, 
the Company does not have a policy on termination 
payments. The Company’s Articles of Association 
currently limit the total aggregate fees payable to the 
Board to £300,000 per annum.

Shareholders’ views in respect of Directors’ remuneration 
are communicated at the Company’s AGM and are taken 
into account in formulating the Directors remuneration 
policy. At the 2021 AGM, over 99.6% of shareholders’ 
votes cast were in favour of the resolution approving the 
Directors’ Remuneration Report (0.3% against), showing 
significant shareholder support.

The components of the remuneration package  
for Non-executive Directors, which are comprised  
in the Directors’ remuneration policy of the  
Company are set out below, with a description  
and approach to determination.

Introduction
The Board has prepared this report and the Directors’ 
Remuneration Policy, in accordance with the 
requirements of Schedule 8 of the Large and Medium 
Sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) 
Regulations 2013. An ordinary resolution for the 
approval of this report will be put to the members at the 
forthcoming Annual General Meeting.

The law requires the Company’s Auditor, KPMG LLP, 
to audit certain of the disclosures provided. Where 
disclosures have been audited, they are indicated 
as such. The Auditor’s opinion is included in the 
‘Independent Auditor’s Report’.

Annual statement from the chairman  
of the committee
The MEC met in March 2022 and considered the  
results and feedback from the Board evaluation.  
It was agreed that the Directors’ fees would be  
increased, with effect from 1 April 2022, to the following 
levels: Chairman £72,000; Audit Committee Chairman 
£42,000; Senior Independent Director £42,000; and other 
Directors £36,000.

Directors’ remuneration policy
The Company’s policy is that the fees payable to the 
Directors should reflect the time spent by the Board on 
the Company’s affairs and the responsibilities borne 
by the Directors and should be sufficient to enable 
candidates of high calibre to be recruited. The policy is 
for the Chairman of the Board, the chairman of the Audit 
Committee and the Senior Independent Director to be 
paid higher fees than the other Directors in recognition 
of their more onerous roles. This policy was approved 
by the members at the 2020 AGM, and the Directors’ 
intention is that this will continue for the year ending 31 
March 2023.

The Directors are remunerated in the form of fees, 
payable monthly in arrears, to the Director personally or 
to a third party specified by that Director. There are no 
long-term incentive schemes, share option schemes or 
pension arrangements and the fees are not specifically 
related to the Directors’ performance, either individually 
or collectively.

The Board consists entirely of non-executive Directors, 
whose appointments are reviewed formally every year. 
None of the Directors have a contract of service and a 
Director may resign by notice in writing to the Board at 
any time; there are no notice periods and no payments 

56

TR Property Investment Trust 
Remuneration Type

Additional Fees
Additional fees may be paid 
to any Director who fulfils the 
role of the Chairman, who 
chairs any committee of the 
Board or who is appointed 
as the Senior Independent 
Director.

These fees will be set 
at a competitive level to 
reflect experience and time 
commitment.

Expenses 
The Directors are entitled 
to be paid all reasonable 
expenses properly incurred 
by them attending meetings 
with shareholders or other 
Directors or otherwise in 
connection with the discharge 
of their duties as Directors.

Other
Board members are not 
eligible for bonuses, pension 
benefits, share options, long-
term incentive schemed or 
other non-cash benefits or 
taxable expenses.

Fixed Fees
The aggregate limit 
for the Fees for the 
Board as a whole is 
£300,000 per annum, in 
accordance to the Articles 
of Association, which 
is divided between the 
Directors as they may 
deem appropriate. 

Annual fees are set to 
reflect the experience 
of each board member 
and time commitment 
required by Board 
members to carry 
out their duties and is 
determined with reference 
to the appointment 
of Directors of similar 
investment companies.

Annual remuneration report
For the year ended 31 March 2022, Directors’ fees were paid at the annual rates of Chairman: £70,000 (2021: £70,000) 
and all other Directors: £35,000 (2021: £35,000). An additional £5,000 was paid per annum for each of the roles of Audit 
Committee Chairman and Senior Independent Director. The actual amounts paid to the Directors during the financial year 
under review are as shown below.

Amount of each Director's emoluments (audited)
The fees payable in respect of each of the Directors who served during the financial year were as follows:

David Watson(1)

Simon Marrison(2)

Tim Gillbanks

Kate Bolsover

Sarah-Jane Curtis

Hugh-Seaborn(3)

Total

31 March 2022
£

31 March 2021
£

70,000

40,000

40,000

35,000

35,000

-

220,000

60,461

38,410

40,000

35,000

35,000

23,333

232,204

All fees are at a fixed rate and there is no variable remuneration. Fees are pro-rated where a change takes place during a 
financial year There were no payments to third parties included in the fees referred to in the table above There are no further 
fees to disclose as the Company has no employees, chief executive or executive directors.
(¹)  appointed as Chairman on 28 July 2020

(²)  appointed as Senior Independent Director on 28 July 2020

(³)  retired as Chairman on 28 July 2020

57

Annual Report & Accounts 2022OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsGlossary and AIFMD disclosureNotice of AGMShareholder informationRelative Importance of Spend on Pay

Dividends paid

Directors’ fees

2022
£’000

2021
£’000

45,381

44,129

220

232

Change

+2.8%

-5.2%

Five year change comparison
Over the last five years, Directors’ pay has increased as set 
out in the table below:

2022
£’000

2017
£’000

Change
over
5 years

Annualised
Change

70,000

70,000

0%

0%

40,000

37,000

8.1%

1.6%

40,000

37,020

35,000

32,000

8.1%

9.4%

1.6%

1.8%

Chairman
Audit Committee 
Chairman
Senior 
Independent 
Director

Director

For and on behalf of the Board
David Watson
Chairman of the Management Engagement Committee
13 June 2022

Directors’ Remuneration report
continued

Company performance
The graph below compares, for the ten years ended
31 March 2022, the percentage change over each period 
in the share price total return to shareholders compared 
to the share price total return of benchmark, which the 
Board considers to be the most appropriate benchmark 
for investment performance measurement purposes. An
explanation of the performance of the Company is given 
in the Chairman’s Statement and Manager’s Report.

Ordinary Share Class Performance: Total Return 
over 10 years (rebased)

4500

4000

3500

3000

2500

2000

1500

1000

500

Mar-12

Mar-13

Mar-14

Mar-15

Mar-16

Mar-17

Mar-18

Mar-19

Mar-20

Mar-21 Mar-22

TR Property Share Price Total Return  

Benchmark Total Return 

Share Price Total Return assuming investment of £1,000 on 31 March 2012 
and reinvestment of all dividends (excluding dealing expenses). (Source: 
Thames River Capital)

Benchmark Total Return assuming notional investment into the index of 
£1,000 on 31 March 2012. (Source: Thames River Capital)

Directors’ shareholdings (audited)
The interests of the Directors in the shares of the 
Company, at the beginning and at the end of the year, or 
date of appointment, if later, were as follows:

Ordinary shares of 25 pence

31 March 2022

31 March 2021

36,407

43,991

-

2,360

5,237

36,083

43,367

-

2,360

-

David Watson

Simon Marrison

Tim Gillbanks

Kate Bolsover

Sarah-Jane Curtis

On 9 June 2022, Sarah-Jane Curtis acquired a further 4,772 
shares of the Company.

58

TR Property Investment TrustReport of the Audit Committee

Audit committee
Chairman: Tim Gillbanks

Key responsibilities
•  Review the internal financial and non-financial controls;

This has included consideration of the ongoing COVID-19 
pandemic and towards the end of the year the invasion 
of Ukraine, inflationary and interest rate increases and 
impact across a range of risk categories, 

•   The Group’s Internal Controls and consideration of the 

•  Review reports from key third party service providers;

Reports thereon;

•   Consider and recommend to the Board for approval the 

•   The ISAE/AAF reports or their equivalent from BMO 

contents of the draft Interim and Annual Reports;

and BNP Paribas;

•   Review accounting policies and significant financial 

•   Whether the Company should have its own internal 

reporting judgements;

audit function;

•   Monitor, together with the Manager, the Company’s 
compliance with financial reporting and regulatory 
requirements;

•   The External Auditor’s Planning Memorandum setting 
out the scope of the annual audit and proposed key 
areas of focus;

•   The review and subsequent proposal to the Board of 

the interim and final dividends; and

•   Considering the impact of providing non-audit services 
on the external Auditor’s independence and objectivity.

•   The reports from the Auditor concerning their audit 
of the Financial Statements of the Company and 
Consideration of Significant issues in relation to the 
Financial Statements;

Representatives of the Manager’s internal audit and 
compliance departments may attend committee 
meetings at the Committee Chairman’s request.

•   The appropriateness of, and any changes to, the 
accounting policies of the Company, including  
the reasonableness of any judgements required  
by such policies;

Representatives of the Company’s Auditor attend the 
Committee meetings at which the draft Half Year and 
Annual Report and Accounts are reviewed and are given the 
opportunity to speak to the Committee members without 
the presence of the representatives of the Manager.

•   The Long-Term Viability Statement and consideration 
of the preparation of the Financial Statements on  
a Going Concern Basis taking account of forward 
looking income forecasts, the liquidity of the 
investment portfolio and debt profile;

The Board recognises the requirement for the Audit 
Committee as a whole to have competence relevant 
to the sector and at least one member with recent and 
relevant financial experience. The Chairman and Mr 
Watson are Chartered Accountants with extensive and 
recent experience in the Financial Services Industry. The 
other members of the Committee have a combination of 
property, financial, investment and business experience 
through senior positions held throughout their careers.

•   The financial and other disclosures in the Financial 

Statements;

•   The information presented in the Half Year and Annual 

Reports to assess whether, taken as a whole, the 
Reports are fair, balanced and understandable and the 
information presented will enable the shareholders to 
assess the Company’s position, performance, business 
model and strategy;

Activity during the year
During the year the Committee met twice with all 
members at each meeting and considered the following:

•   The performance of the external auditor, to approve 
their audit fees and consider the assessment of 
independence;

•   Consideration of the Risk Map, any changes to the 
likelihood or impact of risks and consequential 
changes required to Board Monitoring and mitigation 
procedures. Consideration of any new or emerging 
risks and inclusion in the Risk Map if appropriate.

•   The review and subsequent proposal to the Board of 

the interim and final dividends; and

•   The reviewal of the Committee’s terms of reference, 

ensuring they remain appropriate and compliant with 
the 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code.

59

Annual Report & Accounts 2022OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsGlossary and AIFMD disclosureNotice of AGMShareholder information 
Report of the Audit Committee
continued

Going concern
In assessing whether it continues to be appropriate  
to prepare the Accounts on a Going Concern basis,  
the Committee has made a detailed assessment of the  
ability of the Company and Group to meet its liabilities 
as they fall due, including stress and liquidity tests which 
considered the effects of substantial falls in investment 
valuations, substantial reductions in revenue received 
and reductions in market liquidity.

In light of testing carried out, the overall levels of the 
investment liquidity held by the Company and the 
significant net asset position, the Parent Company  
and Group, the Directors are satisfied that the Company 
and the Group have adequate financial resources to 
continue in operation for at least the next 12 months 
following the signing of the financial statements and 
therefore it is appropriate to adopt the Going Concern 
basis of accounting.

The long-term viability of the Company was also 
assessed as set out on pages 30 and 31.

Risk management and internal control
The Board has overall responsibility for the Group’s 
system of Risk Management and Internal Control and for 
reviewing their effectiveness. Key risks identified by the 
Auditor are considered by the Audit Committee to ensure 
that robust internal controls and monitoring procedures 
in respect of these are in place on an ongoing basis. 
Further details can be found on page 44.

The Audit Committee received and considered reports on 
Internal Controls from the key service providers. No areas 
of concern were highlighted.

The Company’s Risk Map was considered to identify 
any emerging risks and whether any adjustments were 
required to existing risks, and the controls and mitigation 
measures in place in respect of those risks. The impact 
of COVID-19, the response of financial markets, the 
ongoing impact on economies around the world and 
operational changes made by our service providers in 
response to government guidelines were considered and 
the risk map adjusted accordingly.

Rising inflation in the latter half of the year, the invasion 
of Ukraine in February and the increasing interest rates 
were also considered and the risks associated with these 
events reflected in the risk map.

Based on the processes and controls in place within the 
BMO Group and other significant service providers, the 
Board has concurred that there is no current need for the 
Company to have its own internal audit function.

60

Significant issues in relation to the  
financial statements
The Committee has considered this report and financial 
statements and the Long-term Viability Statement  
on pages 30 and 31. The Committee considered  
the Auditor’s assessment of risk of material 
misstatement and reviewed the internal controls  
in place in respect of the key areas identified and the 
process by which the Board monitors each of the 
procedures to give the Committee comfort on these  
risks on an ongoing basis. These risks are also 
highlighted in the Company’s Risk Map.

•   Carrying amount of listed investments (Group and 
Parent Company) – The Group’s investments are 
priced for the daily NAV by BNP Paribas. 

The quoted assets are priced by the Administrator’s 
Global Pricing Platform which uses independent external 
pricing sources. The control process surrounding this is 
set out in the BNP Paribas AAF 01/06 Internal Controls 
Report and testing by the reporting accountant for the 
period reported to 30 September 2021 which did not 
reveal any significant exceptions. The quarterly control 
report to the Board from BNP Paribas covering the 
period up to 31 March 2022 had no significant issues 
to report. In addition, the Manager estimates the NAV 
using an alternative pricing source on a daily basis as an 
independent check.

The Auditor agreed 100% of the listed investments of the 
portfolio to externally quoted prices and independently 
received third party confirmations from investment 
custodians and found the carrying value of listed 
investments to be acceptable.

•   Valuation of Direct Property Investments (Group and 
Parent Company) – The physical property portfolio  
is valued every six months by professional  
independent valuers.

Knight Frank LLP value the portfolio on the basis of 
Fair Value in accordance with the RICS Valuation – 
Professional Standards VPS4 (1.5) Fair Value and VPGA 
1 Valuations for Inclusion in Financial Statements, 
which apply the definition of Fair Value adopted by the 
International Financial Reporting Standards. IFRS 13 
defines Fair Value as:

‘The amount for which an asset could be exchanged, a 
liability settled, or an equity instrument granted could be 
exchanged, between knowledgeable, willing parties in an 
arm’s length transaction’.

TR Property Investment TrustIn undertaking their valuation of each property, 
Knight Frank make their assessment on the basis of 
a collation and analysis of appropriate comparable 
investments, rental and sale transactions, together 
with evidence of demand within the vicinity of each 
property. This information is then applied to the 
properties, taking into account size, location, terms, 
covenant and other material factors.

The Board has reviewed reports from the Manager 
and the external valuer and determined the valuation 
to be reasonable.

The Auditor has set out their detailed testing and 
procedures in respect of the Direct property valuation 
and concluded that they found the Company’s 
valuation of investment properties to be acceptable.

There has been nothing brought to the Committee’s 
attention in respect of the financial statements for 
the year ended 31 March 2022 that was material 
or significant or that the Committee felt should be 
brought to shareholders’ attention.

Auditor assessment and independence
The Company’s external auditor, KPMG LLP ('KPMG') 
was appointed as the Company’s auditor at the 2016 
AGM. The Committee undertook a tender process 
during 2021 to ensure that shareholders were getting 
the best services and value for money. A number of 
firms were invited to express interest and respond 
on a small number of key points. The decision 
was made for the audit to remain with KPMG. The 
Committee expects to repeat a tender process 
no later than 2026 in respect of the audit for the 
following 31 March year end, in line with the current 
audit regulations.

At the half year meeting of the Committee, KPMG 
presented their audit plan for the year end and the 
Committee considered the audit process and fee 
proposal. The Committee also reviewed KPMG’s 
independence policies and procedures including 
quality assurance procedures. It was considered that 
these policies are fit for purpose and the Directors 
are satisfied that KPMG is independent.

Total fees payable to the Auditor in respect of  
the audit for the year to 31 March 2022 were: 
£82,000 (2021: £80,000), which were approved  
by the Audit Committee.

The Committee has approved and implemented 
a policy on the engagement of the Auditor to 
supply non-audit services, taking into account the 
recommendations of the Accounting Practices Board 
with a view to ensuring that the external Auditor does 
not provide non-audit services that have the potential 
to impair or appear to impair the independence of 
their audit role. In addition, the Committee reviewed 
the actions put in place by the Auditor to ensure there 
was a clear separation between audit and advisory 
services. The Committee does not believe there to 
be any impediment to the Auditor’s objectivity and 
independence.

The fees for non-audit services for the year to 31 
March 2022 were nil (2021: nil).

Full details of the Auditor’s fees are provided in note 6 
to the accounts on page 81.

Mr Merchant, was appointed audit partner for the 
2022 year-end audit succeeding Mr Kelly, who was 
required to rotate off the Company's account, having 
served as audit partner for five years.

Following each audit, the Committee reviews the 
audit process and considers its effectiveness and 
the quality of the services provided to the Company. 
Within this process, the Committee takes into 
consideration their own assessment, the self-
evaluation of the auditor and the Audit Quality Review 
Report produced by the FRC in order to monitor the 
progress of the Auditor’s performance comparable 
with its peers and the targets set by the FRC. The 
review following the completion of the 2021 audit 
concluded that the Committee was satisfied with the 
Auditor’s effectiveness and performance.

The Committee felt that KPMG had run an effective 
and efficient audit process with appropriate 
challenge. A resolution to re-appoint KPMG LLP as 
the Company’s Auditor will be put to shareholders at 
the forthcoming AGM.

Tim Gillbanks
Chairman of the Audit Committee
13 June 2022

61

Annual Report & Accounts 2022OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsGlossary and AIFMD disclosureNotice of AGMShareholder informationStatement of Directors’ responsibilities in relation 
to the Group financial statements

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual 
Report, the Strategic Report, the Directors' Report and 
the financial statements in accordance  with  applicable 
law and regulations.

Under applicable law and regulations, the Directors 
are also responsible for preparing a Strategic Report, 
Directors’ Report, Directors’ Remuneration Report 
and Corporate Governance Statement.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare Group 
and Parent Company financial statements for each 
financial year. Directors are required to prepare the Group 
financial statements in accordance with UK-adopted 
international accounting standards and applicable 
law and have elected to prepare the Parent Company 
financial statements on the same basis.

Under company law the Directors must not approve the 
financial statements unless they are satisfied that they 
give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the 
Group and Parent Company and of the Group’s profit or 
loss for that period. In preparing each of the Group and 
Parent Company financial statements, the Directors are 
required to:

•   select suitable accounting policies and apply  

them consistently;

•   make judgements and estimates that are reasonable, 

relevant and reliable;

•   state whether they have been prepared in accordance 
with international accounting standards in conformity 
with the requirements of UK-adopted international 
accounting standards.

•   assess the Group and Parent Company’s ability to 

continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, 
matters related to going concern; and

•   use the going concern basis of accounting unless 

they either intend to liquidate the Group or the Parent 
Company or to cease operations or have no realistic 
alternative but to do so.

The Directors are responsible for maintaining adequate 
accounting records that are sufficient to show and 
explain the Parent Company’s transactions and disclose 
with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial 
position of the Parent Company and enable them to 
ensure that its financial statements comply with the 
Companies Act 2006. They are responsible for such 
internal control as they determine is necessary to enable 
the preparation  of  financial  statements  that are free 
from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or 
error, and have general responsibility for taking such 
steps as are reasonably open to them to safeguard the 
assets of the Group and to prevent and detect fraud and 
other irregularities.

62

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance 
and integrity of the corporate and financial 
information included on the Company’s website. 
Legislation in the UK governing the preparation and 
dissemination of  financial  statements  may  differ 
from legislation in other jurisdictions.

Responsibility statement of the Directors 
in respect of the annual financial report
Each of the Directors confirms that to the best of 
their knowledge:

•   the financial statements,  prepared  in  accordance 
with the applicable set of accounting standards, 
give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, 
financial position and profit or loss  of  the  Group 
and Parent Company and the undertakings 
included in the consolidation taken as a whole; and

•   the strategic report includes a fair review of the 
development and performance of the business 
and the position of the issuer and the undertakings 
included in the consolidation taken as a whole, 
together with a description of the principal risks 
and uncertainties that they face.

In accordance with Disclosure Guidance and 
Transparency Rule 4.1.14R, the financial statements 
willform part of the annual financial report prepared 
using the single electronic reporting format under the 
TD ESEF Regulation. The auditor's report on these 
financial statements provides no assurance over the 
ESEF format.

The Directors consider the annual report and 
accounts, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced  
and understandable and provides the information 
necessary for shareholders to assess the  
Group’s position and performance, business  
model and strategy.

By order of the Board
David Watson
Chairman
13 June 2022

TR Property Investment TrustIndependent auditor’s report
to the members of TR Property Investment Trust plc

01 Our opinion is unmodified
We have audited the financial statements of TR  
Property Investment Trust plc (the 'Company') for  
the year ended 31 March 2022 which comprise the  
Group Statement of Comprehensive Income, Group  
and Company Statements of Changes in Equity, Group 
and Company Balance Sheets, Group and Company  
Cash Flow Statements and the related notes, including 
the accounting policies in note 1.

In our opinion:
•   The financial statements give a true and fair view  

of the state of the Group’s and of the Parent  
Company’s affairs as at 31 March 2022 and of  
the Group’s profit for the year then ended;

•    The financial statements have been properly  
prepared in accordance with UK adopted  
international accounting standards

•   The financial statements have been prepared  
in accordance with the requirements of the  
Companies Act 2006

Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International 
Standards on Auditing (UK) ('ISAs (UK)') and applicable 
law. Our responsibilities are described below. We believe 
that the audit evidence we have obtained is a sufficient 
and appropriate basis for our opinion. Our audit opinion
is consistent with our report to the audit committee.

We were first appointed as auditor by the directors on 
2 November 2016. The period of total uninterrupted 
engagement is for the six financial years ended 31 March 
2022. We have fulfilled our ethical responsibilities under, 
and we remain independent of the Group in accordance 
with, UK ethical requirements including the FRC Ethical 
Standard as applied to listed public interest entities.  
No non audit services prohibited by that standard  
were provided.

Overview

Materiality: group 
financial statements 
as a whole

£16.8m (2021:£14.9m)
1% (2021: 1%) of Total Assets

Key audit matters vs 2021

vs 2021

Recurring risks

Valuation of direct property 
investments
Carrying amount of listed  
investments

02 Key audit matters: our assessment of risks of material misstatement
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in the audit of the 
financial statements and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due 
to fraud) identified by us, including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation of 
resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team. We summarise below the key audit matters 
(unchanged from 2021), in decreasing order of audit significance, in arriving at our audit opinion above, together with 
our key audit procedures to address those matters and our findings from those procedures in order that the Company’s 
members, as a body, may better understand the process by which we arrived at our opinion. These matters were 
addressed, and our findings are based on procedures undertaken in the context of, and solely for the purpose of, our 
audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and consequently are incidental to 
that opinion, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

63

Annual Report & Accounts 2022OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsGlossary and AIFMD disclosureNotice of AGMShareholder informationThe risk

Our response

Subjective valuation:
5.7% (2021: 5.6%) of the Group’s, 
and 5.6% (2021: 5.4%) of the Parent 
Company’s, total assets (by value) are 
held in investment properties.

The fair value of each property requires 
significant estimation, in particular 
with regard to the key estimated rental 
value and yield assumptions. The 
assumptions will be impacted by a 
number of factors including quality and 
condition of the building and tenant 
covenant strength. 

The effect of these matters is that, 
as part of our risk assessment, we 
determined that the valuation of 
investment properties has a high 
degree of estimation uncertainty, with a 
potential range of reasonable outcomes 
greater than our materiality for the 
financial statements as a whole. The 
financial statements (note 10) disclose 
the sensitivity estimated by the Group.

We performed the detailed tests below rather 
than seeking to rely on any of the Group’s 
controls, because the nature of the balance 
is such that we would expect to obtain audit 
evidence primarily through the detailed 
procedures described.

Our procedures included:

•  Assessing valuer’s credentials: Using our own 
property valuation specialist, we evaluated the 
competence, experience and independence of 
the external valuer;

•  Tests of detail: We compared the information 
provided by the Group to its external property 
valuer for a sample of properties, such as 
rental income and tenancy data to supporting 
documents including lease agreements;

•  Methodology choice: We held discussions 
with the Group’s external property valuer 
to determine the valuation methodology 
used is appropriate. We included our own 
property valuation specialist to assist us in 
critically assessing the results of the valuer’s 
report by checking that the valuations were 
in accordance with the RICS Valuation 
Professional Standards ‘the Red Book’ and 
IFRS and that the methodology adopted 
was appropriate by reference to acceptable 
valuation practice;

•  Benchmarking assumptions: With the 

assistance of our own property valuation 
specialist, we held discussions with the 
Group’s external property valuer to understand 
movements in property values. For a sample of 
properties, we assessed the key assumptions 
used by the valuer upon which the valuations 
are based, including those relating to estimated 
rental value and yield, by making a comparison 
to our own understanding of the market and to 
industry benchmarks;

•  Assessing transparency: We also considered 
the adequacy of the Group’s disclosures about 
the degree of estimation and sensitivity to key 
assumptions made when valuing the direct 
property investments.

Our findings
We found the Group’s valuation of investment 
properties to be balanced (2021: balanced).

Independent auditor’s report
continued

Valuation of direct property 
investments (Group and 
Parent Company)
(£96.3 million; 2021:  
£83.1 million) 

Refer to pages 59 to 61 
(Audit Committee  
Report), pages 77 and  
78 (accounting policy),  
and note 10 on pages 85  
to 88 (financial disclosures).

64

TR Property Investment Trust02  Key audit matters: our assessment of risks of material misstatement continued

The risk

Our response

Carrying amount of  
listed investments  
(Group and Parent)
(£1,456.8 million; 2021: 
£1,316.0 million)

Refer to pages 59 to 61 
(Audit Committee Report),  
page 78 (accounting policy) 
and note 10 on pages 85 to 
88 (financial disclosures).

Low risk, high value:
The Group’s portfolio of listed level 1 
investments makes up 86.4% (2021: 
88.2%) of the Group’s, and 84.6% (2021: 
85.8%) of the Parent Company’s, total 
assets (by value) and is one of the key 
drivers of results. We do not consider 
these investments to be at a high risk  
of material misstatement, or to be  
subject to a significant level of 
judgement because they comprise 
liquid, quoted investments. However, 
due to their materiality in the context 
of the financial statements as a whole, 
they are considered to be one of the 
areas which had the greatest effect on 
our overall audit strategy and allocation  
of resources in planning and completing 
our audit. 

We performed the detailed tests below rather 
than seeking to rely on any of the Group’s 
controls, because the nature of the balance 
is such that we would expect to obtain audit 
evidence primarily through the detailed 
procedures described.

Our procedures included:

•  Test of detail: Agreeing the valuation of 100% 
of level 1 listed investments in the portfolio to 
externally quoted prices; and

•  Enquiry of custodians: Agreeing 100% of 
level 1 listed investment holdings in the 
portfolio to independently received third party 
confirmations from investment custodians.

Our findings
We found no differences from third party 
holdings confirmations nor from the externally 
quoted prices of a size to require reporting to the 
Audit Committee (2021: no differences).

03 Our application of materiality and an 
overview of the scope of our audit
Materiality for the Group financial statements as a whole 
was set at £16.8m (2021 : £14.9m), determined with 
reference to a benchmark of total assets, of which it 
represents 1.0% (2021: 1.0%).

Materiality for the parent company financial statements 
as a whole was set at £16.0m (2021: £14.1m), which 
is the component materiality for the parent company 
determined by the group audit engagement team. This 
is lower than the materiality we would otherwise have 
determined with reference to parent company total 
assets, of which it represents 0.95% (2021: 0.95%).

In line with our audit methodology, our procedures 
on individual account balances and disclosures were 
performed to a lower threshold, performance materiality, 
so as to reduce to an acceptable level the risk that 
individually immaterial misstatements in individual 
account balances add up to a material amount across 
the financial statements as a whole. Performance 
materiality was set at 75% (2021: 75%) of materiality 
for the financial statements as a whole, which equates 
to £ 12.6m ( 2021: £11.1m) for the Group and £12.0m 
(2021 : £10.5m) for the Parent Company. We applied 
this percentage in our determination of performance 
materiality because we did not identify any factors 
indicating an elevated level of risk. In addition, we applied 
materiality of £2.0m (2021: £2.0m ) and performance 

materiality of £1.5m (2021: £1.5m) to investment 
income, other operating income , gross rental income, 
service charge income and net returns on contracts for 
difference for which we believe misstatements of lesser 
amounts than materiality for the financial statements 
as a whole could reasonably be expected to influence 
the Company’s members’ assessment of the financial 
performance of the Group. 

We agreed to report to the Audit Committee any 
corrected or uncorrected identified misstatements 
exceeding £0.84m (2021: £0.75m) in addition to other 
identified misstatements that warranted reporting on 
qualitative thresholds.

Total Assets
£1,686m (2021: £14.9m)

Group Materiality
£16.8m (2021: £14.9m)

£16.8m 
Whole financial statements 
materiality (2021: £14.9m)

£16.0m
Parent Company Materiality 
(2021: £14.1m)

£0.84m
Misstatements reported  
to the audit committee 
(2021: £0.75m)

Total Assets

65

Annual Report & Accounts 2022OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsGlossary and AIFMD disclosureNotice of AGMShareholder information 
Independent auditor’s report
continued

03  Our application of materiality and an overview of the 
scope of our audit continued

The audit team performed the audit of the Group as if it 
was a single aggregated set of financial information. This 
approach is unchanged from the prior year. The audit of 
the Group and Parent Company was performed using the 
materiality levels set out above and was performed by a 
single audit team. 

resources or ability to continue operations over the 
going concern period. The risks that we considered most 
likely to adversely affect the Group’s and Company’s 
available financial resources and metrics relevant to debt 
covenants over this period were:

•   The impact of a significant reduction in the valuation of 
investments and the implications for the Group’s and 
Company’s debt covenants;

The scope of the audit work performed was fully 
substantive as we did not rely upon the Group’s internal 
controls over financial reporting.

•   The liquidity of the investment portfolio and its ability 
to meet the liabilities of the Group as and when they 
fall due; and

04 The impact of climate risk on our  
audit report
We have performed a risk assessment of how the impact
of climate change may affect the financial statements 
and our audit. Level 1 listed investments make up 
86.4% of the Group’s total assets, for which fair value 
is determined as the quoted market price. Therefore, 
we assessed that the financial statement estimate that 
is primarily exposed to climate risk is the investment 
property portfolio, for which the valuation assumptions 
and estimates may be impacted by physical and policy 
or legal climate risks, such as flooding or an increase 
in climate related compliance expenditure. We held 
discussions with our own climate change professionals 
to challenge our risk assessment. We assessed that, 
whilst climate change posed a risk to the determination 
of investment property valuations in the current year, 
this risk was not significant when considering both the 
nature and domicile of the properties and the tenure of 
unexpired leases. Therefore there was no significant 
impact of this on our key audit matters.

We have read the disclosure of climate related narrative 
in the front half of the financial statements and 
considered consistency with the financial statements 
and our audit knowledge.

05 Going concern
The Directors have prepared the financial statements on 
the going concern basis as they do not intend to liquidate 
the Group or Company or to cease their operations, 
and as they have concluded that the Group’s and the 
Company’s financial position means that this is realistic. 
They have also concluded that there are no material 
uncertainties that could have cast significant doubt over 
their ability to continue as a going concern for at least a 
year from the date of approval of the financial statements 
('the going concern period').

We used our knowledge of the Group, its industry, and the
general economic environment to identify the inherent 
risks to its business model and analysed how those 
risks might affect the Group’s and Company’s financial 

66

•   The operational resilience of key service organisations, 

on which the Group is dependent to continue.

We considered whether these risks could plausibly affect 
the liquidity or covenant compliance in the going concern 
period by assessing the degree of downside assumption 
that, individually and collectively, could result in a liquidity 
issue, taking into account the Group’s or Company’s 
current and projected cash and liquid investment 
position (a reverse stress test ). We considered whether 
the going concern disclosure in note 1 to the financial 
statements gives a full and accurate description of the 
Directors’ assessment of going concern, including the 
identified risks and related sensitivities.

Our conclusions based on this work:

•   We consider that the Directors’ use of the going 

concern basis of accounting in the preparation of the 
financial statements is appropriate;

•   We have not identified, and concur with the Directors’ 
assessment that there is not, a material uncertainty 
related to events or conditions that, individually or 
collectively, may cast significant doubt on the Group’s 
or Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for 
the going concern period;

•   We have nothing material to add or draw attention to 
in relation to the Directors’ statement in note 1 to the 
financial statements on the use of the going concern 
basis of accounting with no material uncertainties 
that may cast significant doubt over the Group’s or 
Company’s use of that basis for the going concern 
period, and we found the going concern disclosure in 
note 1 to be acceptable; and

•   The related statement under the Listing Rules set out 
on page 60 is materially consistent with the financial 
statements and our audit knowledge.

TR Property Investment TrustHowever, as we cannot predict all future events or 
conditions and as subsequent events may result in 
outcomes that are inconsistent with judgements that 
were reasonable at the time they were made, the above 
conclusions are not a guarantee that the Group or 
Company will continue in operation.

06 Fraud and breaches of laws and 
regulations ability to detect
Identifying and responding to risks of material 
misstatement due to fraud
To identify risks of material misstatement due to fraud 
('fraud risks') we assessed events or conditions that 
could indicate an incentive or pressure to commit fraud 
or provide an opportunity to commit fraud. Our risk 
assessment procedures included:

•   Enquiring of Directors as to the Group’s high level 

policies and procedures to prevent and detect fraud, 
as well as whether they have knowledge of any actual, 
suspected or alleged fraud;

•   Assessing the segregation of duties in place between 

the Directors, the Administrator and the Group’s 
Investment Manager; and

•   Reading Board and Audit Committee minutes. 

As required by auditing standards, we perform 
procedures to address the risk of management override 
of controls, in particular to the risk that management may 
be in a position to make inappropriate accounting entries. 
We evaluated the design and implementation of the 
controls over journal entries and other adjustments and 
made inquiries of the Administrator about inappropriate 
or unusual activity relating to the processing of journal 
entries and other adjustments.

We substantively tested all material post closing entries 
and, based on the results of our risk assessment 
procedures and understanding of the process, including 
the segregation of duties between the Directors and the 
Administrator, no further high risk journal entries or other 
adjustments were identified.

On this audit we have rebutted the fraud risk related 
to revenue recognition because the revenue is 
non judgemental and straightforward, with limited 
opportunity for manipulation. We did not identify any 
significant unusual transactions or additional fraud risks.

Identifying and responding to risks of material 
misstatement due to non compliance with laws and 
regulations
We identified areas of laws and regulations that could 
reasonably be expected to have a material effect on 
the financial statements from our general commercial 
and sector experience and through discussion with the 
Directors, the Investment Manager and the Administrator 
(as required by auditing standards) and discussed with 
the Directors the policies and procedures regarding 
compliance with laws and regulations. As the Parent 
Company is regulated, our assessment of risks involved 
gaining an understanding of the control environment 
including the entity’s procedures for complying with 
regulatory requirements.

The potential effect of these laws and regulations on the 
financial statements varies considerably.

Firstly, the Company is subject to laws and regulations 
that directly affect the financial statements including 
financial reporting legislation (including related 
companies legislation), distributable profits legislation, 
and its qualification as an Investment Trust under UK 
taxation legislation, any breach of which could lead to 
the Group losing various deductions and exemptions 
from UK corporation tax, and we assessed the extent of 
compliance with these laws and regulations as part of 
our procedures on the related financial statement items. 

We assessed the legality of the distributions made by 
the Company in the period based on comparing the 
dividends paid to the distributable reserves prior to each 
distribution.

Secondly, the Group is subject to many other laws and 
regulations where the consequences of non compliance 
could have a material effect on amounts or disclosures 
in the financial statements, for instance through the 
imposition of fines or litigation. We identified the 
following areas as those most likely to have such an 
effect: money laundering, data protection, bribery and 
corruption legislation and certain aspects of company 
legislation recognising the financial nature of the 
Group’s activities and its legal form. Auditing standards 
limit the required audit procedures to identify non 
compliance with these laws and regulations to enquiry 
of the Directors and the Administrator and inspection of 
regulatory and legal correspondence, if any. Therefore, if 
a breach of operational regulations is not disclosed to us 
or evident from relevant correspondence, an audit will not 
detect that breach.

67

Annual Report & Accounts 2022OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsGlossary and AIFMD disclosureNotice of AGMShareholder informationIndependent auditor’s report
continued

06  Fraud and breaches of laws and regulations ability  
to detect continued

Context of the ability of the audit to detect fraud  
or breaches of law or regulation
Owing to the inherent limitations of an audit, there is an 
unavoidable risk that we may not have detected some 
material misstatements in the financial statements, even 
though we have properly planned and performed our audit 
in accordance with auditing standards. For example, the 
further removed non compliance with laws and regulations 
is from the events and transactions reflected in the financial 
statements, the less likely the inherently limited procedures 
required by auditing standards would identify it.

In addition, as with any audit, there remained a higher risk 
of non detection of fraud, as these may involve collusion, 
forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the 
override of internal controls. Our audit procedures are 
designed to detect material misstatement. We are not 
responsible for preventing non compliance or fraud and 
cannot be expected to detect non compliance with all 
laws and regulations.

07 We have nothing to report on the other 
information in the Annual Report
The Directors are responsible for the other information
presented in the Annual Report together with the financial
statements. Our opinion on the financial statements does
not cover the other information and, accordingly, we do 
not express an audit opinion or, except as explicitly stated
below, any form of assurance conclusion thereon.

Our responsibility is to read the other information and, in
doing so, consider whether, based on our financial
statements audit work, the information therein is 
materially misstated or inconsistent with the financial 
statements or our audit knowledge. Based solely on that 
work we have not identified material misstatements in 
the other information.

Strategic report and directors’ report
Based solely on our work on the other information:

•   we have not identified material misstatements in the 

strategic report and the directors’ report;

•   in our opinion the information given in those reports 
for the financial year is consistent with the financial 
statements; and

•   in our opinion those reports have been prepared in 

accordance with the Companies Act 2006. 

Directors’ remuneration report 
In our opinion the part of the Directors’ Remuneration 
Report to be audited has been properly prepared in 
accordance with the Companies Act 2006.

Disclosures of emerging and principal risks and longer 
term viability
We are required to perform procedures to identify 
whether there is a material inconsistency between the 
directors disclosures in respect of emerging and principal 
risks and the Long-Term Viability Statement, and the 
financial statements and our audit knowledge.

Based on those procedures, we have nothing material to
add or draw attention to in relation to:

•   the Directors’ confirmation within the Long-Term 

Viability Statement on pages 30 and 31 that they have 
carried out a robust assessment of the emerging 
and principal risks facing the Group, including those 
that would threaten its business model, future 
performance, solvency and liquidity;

•   the Principal Risks and Uncertainties disclosures 

describing these risks and how emerging risks are 
identified, and explaining how they are being managed 
and mitigated; and

•   the Directors’ explanation in the Long-Term Viability 
Statement of how they have assessed the prospects 
of the Group, over what period they have done so and 
why they considered that period to be appropriate, and 
their statement as to whether they have a reasonable 
expectation that the Group will be able to continue 
in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due 
over the period of their assessment, including any 
related disclosures drawing attention to any necessary 
qualifications or assumptions.

We are also required to review the Long-Term Viability 
Statement, set out on pages 30 and 31 under the Listing 
Rules. Based on the above procedures, we have concluded 
that the above disclosures are materially consistent with 
the financial statements and our audit knowledge.

Our work is limited to assessing these matters in the 
context of only the knowledge acquired during our 
financial statements audit. As we cannot predict all 
future events or conditions and as subsequent events 
may result in outcomes that are inconsistent with 
judgements that were reasonable at the time they 
were made, the absence of anything to report on these 
statements is not a guarantee as to the Group's longer 
term viability.

68

TR Property Investment Trust09 Respective Responsibilities
Directors’ responsibilities
As explained more fully in their statement set out on
page 62 , the Directors are responsible for: the 
preparation of the financial statements including being 
satisfied that they give a true and fair view; such internal 
control as they determine is necessary to enable the 
preparation of financial statements that are free from 
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error; 
assessing the Group and parent Company’s ability to 
continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, 
matters related to going concern; and using the going 
concern basis of accounting unless they either intend to 
liquidate the Group or the parent Company or to cease 
operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance 
about whether the financial statements as a whole are 
free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud 
or error, and to issue our opinion in an auditor’s report. 
Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, 
but does not guarantee that an audit conducted in 
accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material 
misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise 
from fraud or error and are considered material if, 
individually or in aggregate, they could reasonably be 
expected to influence the economic decisions of users 
taken on the basis of the financial statements.

A fuller description of our responsibilities is 
provided on the FRC’s website at www.frc.org.uk/
auditorsresponsibilities

The Company is required to include these financial
statements in an annual financial report prepared using 
the single electronic reporting format specified in the 
TD ESEF Regulation. This auditor’s report provides no 
assurance over whether the annual financial report has 
been prepared in accordance with that format.

Corporate governance disclosures
We are required to perform procedures to identify 
whether there is a material inconsistency between the 
Directors’ corporate governance disclosures and the 
financial statements and our audit knowledge.

Based on those procedures, we have concluded that 
each of the following is materially consistent with the 
financial statements and our audit knowledge:

•   the Directors’ statement that they consider that the 
annual report and financial statements taken as 
a whole is fair, balanced and understandable, and 
provides the information necessary for shareholders 
to assess the Group’s position and performance, 
business model and strategy;

•   the section of the annual report describing the work of 
the Audit Committee, including the significant issues 
that the audit committee considered in relation to 
the financial statements, and how these issues were 
addressed; and

•   the section of the annual report that describes 

the review of the effectiveness of the Group’s risk 
management and internal control systems. 

We are required to review the part of Corporate 
Governance Statement relating to the Group’s 
compliance with the provisions of the UK Corporate 
Governance Code specified by the Listing Rules for our 
review. We have nothing to report in this respect.

08 We have nothing to report on the other 
matters on which we are required to report  
by exception
Under the Companies Act 2006, we are required to report
to you if, in our opinion:

•   adequate accounting records have not been kept, or 

returns adequate for our audit have not been received 
from branches not visited by us; or

•   the parent Company financial statements and the part 
of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited 
are not in agreement with the accounting records and 
returns; or

•   certain disclosures of Directors' remuneration 

specified by law are not made; or

•   we have not received all the information and 

explanations we require for our audit. 

We have nothing to report in these respects.

69

Annual Report & Accounts 2022OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsGlossary and AIFMD disclosureNotice of AGMShareholder informationIndependent auditor’s report
continued

10 The purpose of our audit work and to 
whom we owe our responsibilities
This report is made solely to the Company’s members, 
as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the 
Companies Act 2006 and the terms of our engagement 
by the Company. Our audit work has been undertaken 
so that we might state to the Company’s members 
those matters we are required to state to them in an 
auditor’s report and the further matters we are required 
to state to them in accordance with the terms agreed 
with the company, for no other purpose. To the fullest 
extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume 
responsibility to anyone other than the Company and the 
Company’s members, as a body, for our audit work, for 
this report, or for the opinions we have formed. 

Philip Merchant (Senior Statutory Auditor) for and on 
behalf of KPMG LLP, Statutory Auditor
Chartered Accountants
Saltire Court
20 Castle Terrace 
Edinburgh
EH1 2EG
13 June 2022

70

TR Property Investment TrustFinancial 
statements

71

Annual Report & Accounts 2022OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsGlossary and AIFMD disclosureNotice of AGMShareholder informationGroup statement of comprehensive income

for the year ended 31 March 2022

Year ended 31 March 2022

Year ended 31 March 2021

Revenue
Return
£’000

Capital
Return
£’000

Total
£’000

Revenue
Return
£’000

Capital
Return
£’000

Notes

Income
Investment income

Other operating income

Gross rental income

Service charge income
Gains on investments held  
at fair value
Net movement on foreign 
exchange; investments  
and loan notes
Net movement on foreign 
exchange; cash and cash 
equivalents
Net returns on contracts for 
difference

Net return on total return swap
Total Income

Expenses
Management and performance 
fees
Direct property expenses, rent 
payable and service charge costs

Other administrative expenses

Total operating expenses

Operating profit/(loss)

Finance costs

Profit/(loss) from operations 
before tax

Taxation

Total comprehensive income
Earnings/(loss) per Ordinary 
share

2

4

3

3

10

10

10

5

3

6

7

8

9

Total

£’000

36,557

67

3,185

1,051

 44,170 

 5 

 2,773 

 1,103 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 44,170 

36,557

 5 

 2,773 

 1,103 

67

3,185

1,051

-

-

-

-

249,038

249,038

1,136

1,136

637

637

-

-

-

196,582

196,582

(3,144)

(3,144)

(1,474)

(1,474)

 5,701 

16,361

22,062

 - 
 53,752 

 - 
267,172

 - 
320,924

3,320

 -  
44,180

17,978

(188)
209,754

21,298

(188)
253,934

 (1,663)

 (29,477)

 (31,140)

(1,556)

(14,328)

(15,884)

 (1,435)

 (1,621)

 - 

 (1,435)

(608)

(2,229)

 (4,719)

 (30,085)

(34,804)

49,033

237,087

286,120

(629)

(1,886)

(2,515)

(1,321)

(1,231)

(4,108)

40,072

(416)

-

(604)

(1,321)

(1,835)

(14,932)

(19,040)

194,822

234,894

(1,969)

(2,385)

48,404

(4,967)

235,201

283,605

39,656

192,853

232,509

3,049

(1,918)

(767)

2,667

1,900

 43,437 

 238,250 

 281,687 

38,889

195,520

234,409

13.69p

75.07p

88.76p

12.25p

61.61p

73.86p

The Total column of this statement represents the Group’s Statement of Comprehensive Income, prepared 
in accordance with UK-adopted international accounting standards. The Revenue Return and Capital Return 
columns are supplementary to this and are prepared under guidance published by the Association of Investment 
Companies. All items in the above statement derive from continuing operations.

The Group does not have any other income or expense that is not included in the above statement therefore 
“Total comprehensive income” is also the profit for the year.

All income is attributable to the shareholders of the parent company.

The notes from pages 76 to 100 form part of these Financial Statements.

72

TR Property Investment TrustGroup and Company statement of changes in equity

Group

For the year ended 31 March 2022

Notes

At 31 March 2021
Total comprehensive income

Dividends paid
At 31 March 2022

Company

17

For the year ended 31 March 2022

Notes

At 31 March 2021
Total comprehensive income

Dividends paid
At 31 March 2022

Group

17

For the year ended 31 March 2021

Notes

At 31 March 2020
Total comprehensive income 

Dividends paid
At 31 March 2021

Company

17

For the year ended 31 March 2021

Notes

At 31 March 2020
Total comprehensive income 

Dividends paid
At 31 March 2021

17

Share
Capital
£’000

 79,338 
 - 

 - 
 79,338 

Share
Capital
£’000

 79,338 
 - 

 - 
 79,338 

Share
Capital
£’000

79,338
 -  

 -  
79,338

Share
Capital
£’000

79,338
 -  

 -  
79,338

Share
Premium
Account
£’000

Capital
Redemption
Reserve
£’000

Retained
Earnings
£’000

Total
£’000

 43,162 
 - 

 - 
 43,162 

 43,971 
 - 

 - 
 43,971 

 1,159,962 
 281,687 

 (45,381)
 1,396,268 

 1,326,433 
 281,687 

 (45,381)
 1,562,739 

Share
Premium
Account
£’000

Capital
Redemption
Reserve
£’000

Retained
Earnings
£’000

Total
£’000

 43,162 
 - 

 - 
 43,162 

 43,971 
 - 

 - 
 43,971 

 1,159,962 
 281,687 

 (45,381)
 1,396,268 

 1,326,433 
 281,687 

 (45,381)
 1,562,739 

Share
Premium
Account
£’000

Capital
Redemption
Reserve
£’000

43,162
 -  

 -  
43,162

43,971
 -  

 -  
43,971

Share
Premium
Account
£’000

Capital
Redemption
Reserve
£’000

43,162
 -  

 -  
43,162

43,971
 -  

 -  
43,971

Retained
Earnings
£’000

969,982
234,409

(44,429)
1,159,962

Retained
Earnings
£’000

969,982
234,409

(44,429)
1,159,962

Total
£’000

1,136,453
234,409

(44,429)
1,326,433

Total
£’000

1,136,453
234,409

(44,429)
1,326,433

The notes from pages 76 to 100 form part of these Financial Statements.

73

Annual Report & Accounts 2022OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsGlossary and AIFMD disclosureNotice of AGMShareholder informationGroup and Company balance sheets

as at 31 March 2022

Group 
2022 
£’000

 1,506,436 

 - 

 48,980 
 1,555,416 

 903 

Company
2022
£’000

 1,506,436 

 36,297 

 48,980 
 1,591,713 

 903 

Group
2021
£’000

1,400,516

 -  

 -  
1,400,516

 686 

Company
2021
£’000

1,400,516

43,312

 -  
1,443,828

686

 1,556,319 

 1,592,616 

1,401,202

1,444,514

Non-current assets
Investments held at fair value

Investments in subsidiaries

Investments held for sale

Deferred taxation asset

Current assets

Debtors

Cash and cash equivalents

Notes

10

10

10

12

12

 97,673 

 32,109 
 129,782 

 97,208 

 32,107 
 129,315 

Current liabilities

13

 (66,109)

 (101,939)

Net current assets/(liabilities) 
Total assets plus net current 
assets/(liabilities)

 63,673 

 27,376 

 1,619,992 

Non-current liabilities

13

 (57,253)

Net assets

 1,562,739 

60,990

29,114
90,104

(107,280)

(17,176)

1,384,026

(57,593)

1,326,433

79,338

43,162

43,971

1,159,962

1,326,433

60,520

29,112
89,632

(150,120)

(60,488)

1,384,026

(57,593)

1,326,433

79,338

43,162

43,971

1,159,962

1,326,433

 1,619,992 

 (57,253)

 1,562,739 

 79,338 

 43,162 

 43,971 

 1,396,268 

 1,562,739 

Capital and reserves

Called up share capital

Share premium account

Capital redemption reserve

Retained earnings

Equity shareholders’ funds

Net Asset Value per:

Ordinary share

14

15

15

16

 79,338 

 43,162 

 43,971 

 1,396,268 

 1,562,739 

19

492.43p

492.43p

417.97p

417.97p

These financial statements were approved by the directors of TR Property Investment Trust plc (Company No:84492) and 
authorised for issue on 13 June 2022.

D Watson
Director
The notes from pages 76 to 100 form part of these Financial Statements.

74

TR Property Investment TrustGroup and Company cash flow statements

as at 31 March 2022

Reconciliation of profit from operations 
before tax to net cash outflow from 
operating activities

Profit from operations before tax

Finance costs
Gains on investments and derivatives held 
at fair value through profit or loss
Net movement on foreign exchange; cash 
and cash equivalents and loan notes
Scrip dividends included in investment 
income and net returns on contracts for 
difference

Sales of investments

Purchases of investments
Decrease / (increase) in prepayments and 
accrued income
(Increase) / decrease in sales settlement 
debtor

Increase / (decrease) in purchase 
settlement creditor

Decrease / (increase) in other debtors
Increase / (decrease) in other creditors
Net cash (flow/outflow) from operating 
activities before interest and taxation
Interest paid

Taxation paid
Net cash (flow/outflow) from  
operating activities

Financing activities

Equity dividends paid

(Repayment)/Drawdown of loans

Net cashflow from financing activities

Increase/(decrease) in cash

Cash and cash equivalents at start of year

Net movement on foreign exchange; cash 
and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

Group
2022
£’000

Company
2022
£’000

Group
2021
£’000

Company
2021
£’000

 283,605 

 2,515 

 283,605 

 2,515 

232,509

2,385

231,844

2,385

(265,399)

 (258,387)

(214,372)

(207,255)

(977)

(977)

(179)

(179)

 (10,839)

 544,370 

(430,830)

 (10,839)

 544,370 

 (430,831)

 8 

 8 

 (32,871)

 (32,871)

 5,170 

 2,951 
13,809

111,512
 (2,515)

 (1,258)

107,739

 (45,381)

 (60,000)

 (105,381)

2,358

 29,114 

637

 32,109 

 5,170 

 2,951 
6,798

111,512
 (2,515)

 (1,258)

107,739

 (45,381)

 (60,000)

 (105,381)

2,358

 29,112 

637

 32,107 

(8,489)

353,167

(370,496)

(102)

4,753

(5,781)

(11,436)
2,451

(15,590)
(2,607)

(1,915)

(20,112)

(8,489)

353,167

(370,496)

(102)

4,753

(5,781)

(11,436)
(4,001)

(15,590)
(2,607)

(1,915)

(20,112)

(44,429)

(44,429)

55,000

10,571

(9,541)

40,129

(1,474)

29,114

55,000

10,571

(9,541)

40,127

(1,474)

29,112

The notes from pages 76 to 100 form part of these Financial Statements.

75

Annual Report & Accounts 2022OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsGlossary and AIFMD disclosureNotice of AGMShareholder informationNotes to the financial statements

01 Accounting policies

 The financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2022 have been prepared on a going concern basis, in accordance with 
UK-adopted International accounting standards and in conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006. The financial 
statements have also been prepared in accordance with the Statement of Recommended Practice, “Financial Statements of 
Investment Trust Companies and Venture Capital Trusts," ('SORP'), to the extent that it is consistent with UK-adopted international 
accounting standards.

 In assessing Going Concern the Board has made a detailed assessment of the ability of the Company and the Group to meet 
its liabilities as they fall due, including stress and liquidity tests which considered the effects of substantial falls in investment 
valuations, substantial reductions in revenues received and reductions in market liquidity including the effects of the likely 
ongoing economic impact of the war in Ukraine. The Board is satisfied with the operational resilience of the Company's  
third party service providers as working practices change following the COVID-19 pandemic, but continues to monitor  
their performance. 

 In light of the testing carried out, the liquidity of the level 1 assets held by the Company and the significant net asset value, 
and the net current asset position of the Group and Parent Company, the Directors are satisfied that the Company and 
Group have adequate financial resources to continue in operation for at least the next 12 months following the signing of 
the financial statements and therefore it is appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of accounting.

 The Group and Company financial statements are expressed in Sterling, which is their functional and presentational 
currency. Sterling is the functional currency because it is the currency of the primary economic environment in which the 
Group operates. Values are rounded to the nearest thousand pounds (£'000) except where otherwise indicated.

Key estimates and judgements 
 The preparation of the financial statements necessarily requires the exercise of judgement, both in application of 
accounting policies, which are set out below, and in the selection of assumptions used in the calculation of estimates. 
These estimates and judgements are reviewed on an ongoing basis and are continually evaluated based on historical 
experience and other factors. However, actual results may differ from these estimates. The only key estimate  
is considered to be the valuation of investment properties. See section (f) of this note. There are not considered  
to be any key judgements.

a) Basis of consolidation

 The Group financial statements consolidate the financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries to 31 March 
2022. All the subsidiaries of the Company have been consolidated in these financial statements. In accordance with 
IFRS10 the Company has been designated as an investment entity on the basis that:

• It obtains funds from investors and provides those investors with investment management services;

•  It commits to its investors that its business purpose is to invest funds solely for returns from capital appreciation and 

investment income; and

• It measures and evaluates performance of substantially all of its investments on a fair value basis.

 Each of the subsidiaries of the Company was established for the sole purpose of operating or supporting the investment 
operations of the Company (including raising additional financing), and is not itself an investment entity. IFRS 10 sets out 
that in the case of controlled entities that support the investment activity of the investment entity, those entities should be 
consolidated rather than presented as investments at fair value. Accordingly the Company has consolidated the results 
and financial positions of those subsidiaries.

 Subsidiaries are consolidated from the date of their acquisition, being the date on which the Company obtains control, and continue 
to be consolidated until the date that such control ceases. The financial statements of subsidiaries used in the preparation of the 
consolidated financial statements are based on consistent accounting policies. All intra-group balances and transactions, including 
unrealised profits arising therefrom, are eliminated. 

b) Income

 Dividends receivable on equity shares are treated as revenue for the year on an ex-dividend basis. Where no ex-dividend 
date is available, dividends receivable on or before the year end are treated as revenue for the year. Provision is made for 
any dividends not expected to be received. Where the Group has elected to receive these dividends in the form of additional 
shares rather than cash the amount of cash dividend foregone is recognised as income. Differences between the value 
of shares received and the cash dividend foregone are recognised in the capital returns of the Group Statement of 
Comprehensive Income. The fixed returns on debt securities are recognised on a time apportionment basis so as to reflect 
the effective yield on each such security. Interest receivable from cash and short term deposits is accrued to the end of the 
year. Stock lending income is recognised on an accruals basis. Underwriting commission is taken to revenue, unless any 
shares underwritten are required to be taken up, in which case the proportionate commission received is deducted from 
the cost of the investment.

Recognition of property rental income is set out in section (f) of this note.

Recognition of income from contracts for difference is set out in section (g) of this note.

76

TR Property Investment Trust 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
01  Accounting policies continued

c) Expenses

 All expenses and finance costs are accounted for on an accruals basis. An analysis of retained earnings broken down into 
revenue and capital items is given in note 16. In arriving at this breakdown, expenses have been presented as revenue 
items except as follows: 

• Expenses which are incidental to the acquisition or disposal of an investment;

•  Expenses are presented as capital where a connection with the maintenance or enhancement of the value of the 
investments can be demonstrated; this includes irrecoverable VAT incurred on costs relating to the extension of 
residential leases as premiums received for extending or terminating leases are recognised in the capital account.

•  One quarter of the base management fee is charged to revenue, with three quarters allocated to capital return to reflect 

the Board's expectations of long term investment returns. All performance fees are charged to capital return;

•  The fund administration, depositary, custody and company secretarial services are charged directly to the Company and 
are included within 'Other administrative expenses' in note 6. These expenses are charged on the same basis as the base 
management fee; one quarter to income and three quarters to capital.

d) Finance costs

 The finance cost in respect of capital instruments other than equity shares is calculated so as to give a constant rate  
of return on the outstanding balance. One quarter of the finance cost is charged to revenue and three quarters to  
capital return.

e) Taxation

 Current tax assets and liabilities are measured at the amount expected to be recovered from or paid to the taxation 
authorities, based on tax rates and laws that are enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date.

 Income tax is charged or credited directly to equity if it relates to items that are credited or charged to equity.  
Otherwise income tax is recognised in the Group Statement of Comprehensive Income.

 The tax effect of different items of expenditure is allocated between capital and revenue using the Group's effective rate of 
tax for the year. The charge for taxation is based on the profit for the year and takes into account taxation deferred because 
of temporary differences between the treatment of certain items for taxation and accounting purposes.

 In accordance with the recommendations of the SORP, the allocation method used to calculate tax relief on expenses 
presented against capital returns in the supplementary information in the Statement of Comprehensive Income is the 
“marginal basis”. Under this basis, if taxable income is capable of being offset entirely by expenses presented in the 
revenue return column of the Statement of Comprehensive Income, then no tax relief is transferred to the capital column.

 Deferred tax is the tax expected to be payable or recoverable on differences between the carrying amounts of assets and 
liabilities in the Balance Sheet and the corresponding tax bases used in the computation of taxable profit, and is accounted 
for using the balance sheet liability method. Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for all taxable temporary differences 
and deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that taxable profits will be available against which 
deductible temporary differences can be utilised.

 The Company is an investment trust under s.1158 of the Corporation Tax Act 2010 and, as such, is not liable for tax on 
capital gains. Capital gains arising in subsidiary companies are subject to capital gains tax.

f) Investment property

 Investment property is measured initially at cost including transaction costs. Transaction costs include transfer taxes, 
professional fees for legal services and initial leasing commissions to bring the property to the condition necessary for it 
to be capable of operating. The carrying amount also includes the cost of replacing part of an existing investment property 
at the time that cost is incurred if the recognition criteria are met. The purchase and sale of properties is recognised to be 
effected on the date unconditional contracts are exchanged.   

 Subsequent to initial recognition, investment property is stated at fair value. Gains or losses arising from changes in the 
fair values are included in the Group Statement of Comprehensive Income in the year in which they arise. 

 Investment property is derecognised when it has been disposed of or permanently withdrawn from use and no future 
economic benefit is expected from its disposal. Any gains or losses on the retirement or disposal of investment property 
are recognised in the Group Statement of Comprehensive Income in the year of disposal.

 Gains or losses on the disposal of investment property are determined as the difference between net disposal proceeds 
and the carrying value of the asset at the date of disposal.  

Revaluation of investment properties
 The Group carries its investment properties at fair value in accordance with IFRS 13, revalued twice a year, with changes 
in fair values being recognised in the Group Statement of Comprehensive Income. The Group engaged Knight Frank as 
independent valuation specialists to determine fair value as at 31 March 2022.

77

Annual Report & Accounts 2022OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsGlossary and AIFMD disclosureNotice of AGMShareholder information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the financial statements
continued

01  Accounting policies continued

Valuations of investment properties
 Determination of the fair value of investment properties has been prepared on the basis defined by the RICS Valuation - 
Global Standards (The Red Book Global Standards) as follows:

 “The estimated amount for which a property should exchange on the date of valuation between a willing buyer and a willing 
seller in an arm’s length transaction after proper marketing wherein the parties had each acted knowledgeably, prudently 
and without compulsion.”

 The valuation takes into account future cash flow from assets (such as lettings, tenants’ profiles, future revenue streams, 
capital values of fixtures and fittings, plant and machinery, any environmental matters and the overall repair and condition 
of the property) and discount rates applicable to those assets. These assumptions are based on local market conditions 
existing at the  balance sheet date.

 In arriving at their estimates of fair values as at 31 March 2022, the valuers have used their market knowledge and 
professional judgement and have not only relied solely on historical transactional comparables. Examples of inputs to the 
valuation can be seen in the sensitivity analysis disclosed in note 10 (e).

Held for sale investment are presented separately on the face of the Balance Sheet.

Held for sale 
 Investment property classified as held for sale is measured fair value.

 This condition is regarded as met only when the investment property is available for immediate sale in its present 
condition and the sale is highly probable.

 Management must be committed to a plan for sale with an active programme to identify a buyer at a reasonable price in 
relation to its fair value which should be expected to qualify for recognition as a completed sale within one year from the 
date of classification.

Rental income
 Rental income receivable under operating leases is recognised on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease, except for 
contingent rental income which is recognised when it arises.

 Incentives for lessees to enter into lease agreements or other negotiated rent free periods agreed are spread evenly over 
the lease term, even if the payments are not made on such a basis. The lease term is the non-cancellable period of the 
lease together with any further term for which the tenant has the option to continue the lease, where, at the inception of 
the lease, the directors are reasonably certain that the tenant will exercise that option. Premiums received to terminate or 
extend leases are recognised in the capital account of the Group Statement of Comprehensive Income when they arise.

Service charges and expenses recoverable from tenants
 Income arising from expenses recharged to tenants is recognised in the period in which the expense can be contractually 
recovered. Service charges and other such receipts are included gross of the related costs in revenue as the directors 
consider that the Group acts as principal in this respect. 

g) Investments

 When a purchase or sale is made under contract, the terms of which require delivery within the timeframe of the relevant 
market, the investments concerned are recognised or derecognised on the trade date.

 All the Group’s investments are defined under IFRS as investments designated as fair value through profit or loss but are 
also described in these financial statements as investments held at fair value.

 All investments are designated upon initial recognition as held at fair value, and are measured at subsequent reporting dates at fair 
value, which, for quoted investments, is deemed to be closing prices for stocks sourced from European stock exchanges and for 
SETS stocks sourced from the London Stock Exchange. SETS is the London Stock Exchange electronic trading service covering 
most of the market including all the FTSE All -Share and the most liquid AIM constituents. Unquoted investments or investments for 
which there is only an inactive market are held at fair value which is based on valuations made by the directors in accordance with 
IPEVCA guidelines and using current market prices, trading conditions and the general economic climate.

 In its financial statements the Company recognises the fair value of its investments in subsidiaries as being the adjusted net asset 
value. The subsidiaries have historically been holding vehicles for direct property investment or financing vehicles. No assets are 
currently held through the subsidiary structure and all financing instruments are directly held by the Company.

 Changes in the fair value are recognised in the Group Statement of Comprehensive Income. On disposal, realised gains 
and losses are also recognised in the Group Statement of Comprehensive Income.

Derivatives
 Derivatives are held at fair value based on traded prices. Gains and losses on derivative transactions are recognised in the 
Group Statement of Comprehensive Income. Gains and losses on CFDs and total return swaps resulting from movements 
in the price of the underlying stock are treated as capital. Dividends from the underlying investment and financing costs of 
CFDs and total return swaps are treated as revenue/capital expenses. 

Gains and losses on forward currency contracts used for capital hedging purposes are treated as capital.

78

TR Property Investment Trust 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
01  Accounting policies continued

Derivatives continued
 Contracts for Difference ('CFDs') are synthetic equities and are valued by reference to the investments' underlying market values.

 The sources of the returns under the derivative contract (e.g. notional dividends, financing costs, interest returns and 
capital changes) are allocated to the revenue and capital accounts in alignment with the nature of the underlying source 
of income and in accordance with the guidance given in the AIC SORP. Notional dividend income or expenses arising 
on long or short positions are apportioned wholly to the revenue account. Notional interest expense on long positions 
is apportioned between revenue and capital in accordance with the Board’s long term expected returns of the Company 
(currently determined to be 25% to the revenue account and 75% to capital reserves). Changes in value relating to 
underlying price movements of securities in relation to CFD exposures are allocated wholly to capital reserves.

h) Borrowings, loan notes and debentures

 All loans and debentures are initially recognised at the fair value of the consideration received, less issue costs where 
applicable. After initial recognition, all interest bearing loans and borrowings are subsequently measured at amortised 
cost. Amortised cost is calculated by taking into account any discount or premium on settlement. The costs of arranging 
any interest bearing loans are capitalised and amortised over the life of the loan on an effective interest rate basis. 

i) Foreign currency translation 

Transactions involving foreign currencies are converted at the rate ruling at the date of the transaction.

 Foreign currency monetary assets and liabilities are translated into Sterling at the rate ruling on the balance sheet date. 
Foreign exchange differences are recognised in the Group Statement of Comprehensive Income. 

j) Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents are measured at amortised cost and comprise cash in hand and demand deposits. 

k) Dividends payable to shareholders

 Interim dividends are recognised in the period in which they are paid and final dividends are recognised when approved  
by shareholders. 

l) Adoption of new and revised Standards

Standards and Interpretations effective in the current period 
 The accounting policies adopted are consistent with those of the previous consolidated financial statements except as 
noted below.

 IAS 39, IFRS 4, 7, 9 and 16 Amendments - Interest Rate Benchmark Reform (Phase 2) (effective 1 January 2021) IBOR reform 
refers to the global reform of interest rate benchmarks which includes the replacement of some interbank offered rates (IBOR) 
with alternative benchmark rates. To ensure users of financial statements can understand the effect of the reform on a company's 
financial instruments and risk management strategy, additional information on the nature and extent of risks to which the company 
is exposed arising from financial instruments subject to IBOR reform is required. In addition, details of the company's progress in 
completing its transitions to alternative benchmark rates is required.

 IFRS 16 Amendments -Covid-19 Related Rent Concessions (effective 1 April 2021) the May 2020 amendments, which introduced 
an optional practical expedient that simplifies how a lessee accounts for rent concessions that are a direct consequence of 
Covid-19, have been extended to lease payments originally due on or before 30 June 2022. 

Early adoption of standards and interpretations 
 The standards issued before the reporting date that become effective after 31 March 2022 are not expected to have 
a material effect on equity or profit for the subsequent period. The Group has not early adopted any new International 
Financial Reporting Standard or Interpretation. Standards, amendments and interpretations issued but not yet effective up 
to the date of issuance of the Group's financial statements are listed below:

 IAS 1 Amendments - Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-Current (effective date amended to 1 January 2023). 
The amendments specify the requirements for classifying liabilities as current or non-current. The amendments are not 
expected to have a material impact on the Group's financial statements.

 IAS 1 Amendments - Disclosure of Accounting Policies (effective 1 January 2023). The amendments require an entity to 
disclose its material accounting policy information instead of its significant accounting policies. The amendments contain 
guidance and examples on identifying material accounting policy information. The amendments are not expected to have 
a material impact on the Group's financial statements.

 IAS 8 Amendments - Definition of Accounting Estimates (effective 1 January 2023) The amendments define accounting 
estimates as "monetary amounts in financial statements that are subject to measurement uncertainty". The amendments 
also clarify the interaction between an accounting policy and an accounting estimate. The amendments are not expected 
to have a material impact on the Group's financial statements.

 IAS 12 Amendments - Deferred Tax related to Assets and Liabilities arising from a Single Transaction (effective 1 January 2023). 
The amendments require entities with certain assets to recognise deferred tax on particular transactions that, on initial recognition, 
give rise to equal amounts of taxable and deductible temporary differences.

79

Annual Report & Accounts 2022OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsGlossary and AIFMD disclosureNotice of AGMShareholder information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the financial statements
continued

02 Investment income

Dividends from UK listed investments

Dividends from overseas listed investments

Scrip dividends from listed investments

Property income distributions

03 Net rental income

Gross rental income

Service charge income

Direct property expenses, rent payable and service charge costs

2022
£’000

3,101

21,349

 10,693 

9,027

 44,170 

2022
£’000

2,773

1,103

(1,435)

2,441

2021
£’000

3,753

18,656

7,482

6,666

36,557

2021
£’000

3,185

1,051

(1,321)

2,915

Operating leases
 The Group has entered into commercial leases on its property portfolio. Commercial property leases typically have lease 
terms between 5 and 15 years and include clauses to enable periodic upward revision of the rental charge according to 
prevailing market conditions. Some leases contain options to break before the end of the lease term.

Future minimum rentals under non-cancellable operating leases as at 31 March are as follows: 

Within 1 year

After 1 year but not more than 5 years

More than 5 years

04 Other operating income

Interest receivable

Interest on refund of overseas withholding tax

Underwriting commission

2022
£’000

2,800

10,250

17,500

30,550

2022
£’000

 - 

 5 

 - 

 5 

2021
£’000

3,000

10,000

19,000

32,000

2021
£’000

1

44

22

67

Underwriting is part of the process of introducing new securities to the market. The Company may participate in the 
underwriting of investee companies’ securities, as one of a number of participants, for which compensation in the form 
of commission is received. The Company only participates in underwriting having assessed the risks involved and in 
securities in which it is prepared to increase its holding should that be the outcome. The commission earned is taken  
to revenue unless any securities underwritten are required to be taken up in which case the proportionate commission  
is deducted from the cost of the investment. During the year the company participated in no underwriting (2021 - one 
underwriting agreement).

80

TR Property Investment Trust 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
05 Management and performance fees

Management fee

Performance fee

2022
Revenue
£’000

 1,663 

 - 

 1,663 

2022
Capital
£’000

 4,988 

 24,489 

 29,477 

2022
Total
£’000

 6,651 

 24,489 

 31,140 

2021
Revenue
£’000

1,556

-

2021
Capital
£’000

4,669

9,659

2021
Total
£’000

6,225

9,659

1,556

14,328

15,884

A summary of the terms of the management agreement is given in the Report of the Directors on page 43.

06 Other administrative expenses

Directors’ fees (Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 56 to 58)

Auditor’s remuneration:
– for audit of the consolidated and parent company financial 
statements

Legal fees

Taxation fees

Other administrative expenses

Other expenses

Irrecoverable VAT

Expenses charged to Revenue

Expenses charged to Capital

2022
£’000

 220 

 82 

 21 

 77 

 199 

 869 

 153 

 1,621 

 608 

2,229

2021
£’000

232

80

15

69

199

454

182

1,231

604

1,835

Other administrative expenses include depositary, custody and company secretarial services. These expenses are 
charged on the same basis as the base management fee; 25% to income and 75% to capital. Total other administrative 
expenses charged to both income and capital are £807,000 (2021: £797,000). 

Other expenses include broker fees, marketing and PR costs, Directors' National Insurance and recruitment, Registrars 
and listing fees, and annual report and other publication printing and distribution costs. These expenses are charged 
solely to the revenue account.

VAT on costs incurred in connection with the extension of the residential leases on The Colonnades are charged to the 
capital account.

81

Annual Report & Accounts 2022OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsGlossary and AIFMD disclosureNotice of AGMShareholder information2022
£’000

1,162

814

 539 

 - 

 2,515 

 (1,886)

 629 

2021
£’000

1,241

-

1,384

(240)

2,385

(1,969)

416

2021
Total
£’000

 -  

 874 

 874 

(1,980)

(1,106)

 (794)

(1,900)

2022
Revenue
£’000

2,832

2,135

4,967

2022
Capital
£’000

(2,832)

 -  

(2,832)

2022
Total
£’000

 -  

2,135

2,135

2021
Revenue
£’000

1,989

866

2,855

2021
Capital
£’000

(1,989)

 8 

(1,981)

 -  

 -  

 -  

(1,980)

 -  

4,967

(2,832)

 -  

(217)

2,135

(217)

1,918

875

(108)

767

(1,981)

 (686)

(2,667)

Notes to the financial statements
continued

07 Finance costs

Loan notes, bank loans and overdrafts repayable within 1 year

Loan notes repayable between 2 - 5 years

Loan notes repayable after 5 years

HMRC interest: release of FII GLO provision

Amount allocated to Capital

Amount allocated to Revenue

08 Taxation

a)   Analysis of charge in the year

UK corporation tax at 19%  
(2021: 19%)

Overseas taxation

(Over)/under provision in respect 
of prior years

Deferred taxation

Current tax charge for the year

4,967

(3,049)

82

TR Property Investment Trust 
08  Taxation continued

b)   Factors affecting total tax charge for the year
 The tax assessed for the year is lower (2021: lower) than the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK for a large 
company of 19% (2021: 19%).

The difference is explained below:

2022
Revenue
£’000

2022
Capital
£’000

2022
Total
£’000

2021
Revenue
£’000

2021
Capital
£’000

2021
Total
£’000

48,404

235,201

283,605

39,656

192,853

232,509

9,197

44,688

53,885

7,535

36,642

44,177

Net profit/(loss) on ordinary 
activities before taxation
Corporation tax charge at 19% 
(2021:19%)

Effects of:

Non taxable gains on investments

Currency movements not taxable
Tax relief on expenses charged to 
capital

Non-taxable returns

Non-taxable UK dividends

Non-taxable overseas dividends

Overseas withholding taxes

Deferred tax movement
(Over)/under provision in respect 
of prior years

Disallowable expenses

Deferred tax not provided

 -  

 -  

 -  

-

(603)

(5,810)

2,135

-

-

26

22

(47,317)

(47,317)

(337)

(337)

3,243

(3,109)

 -  

 -  

-

(217)

 -  

 -  

-

3,243

(3,109)

(603)

(5,810)

2,135

(217)

-

26

22

4,967

(3,049)

1,918

 -  

 -  

 -  

(23)

(972)

(4,573)

866

 (108)

(1,980)

19

3

767

c)   Provision for deferred taxation
The amounts for deferred taxation provided at 25% (2021: 19%) comprise:

Group

Accelerated capital allowances

Unutilised losses carried forward

Shown as:

Deferred tax asset

2022
Revenue
£’000

-

-

-

2022
Capital
£’000

-

2022
Total
£’000

-

(903)

(903)

(903)

(903)

2021
Revenue
£’000

-

-

-

(37,351)

(37,351)

877

139

(3,380)

 -  

 -  

8

 (686)

 -  

 -  

1,084

(2,667)

2021
Capital
£’000

-

(686)

877

139

(3,403)

(972)

(4,573)

874

(794)

(1,980)

19

1,087

(1,900)

2021
Total
£’000

 -  

(686)

(686)

(686)

83

Annual Report & Accounts 2022OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsGlossary and AIFMD disclosureNotice of AGMShareholder information 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the financial statements
continued

08  Taxation continued

c)   Provision for deferred taxation continued

Company

Unutilised losses carried forward

Shown as:

Deferred tax asset

2022
Revenue
£’000

-

-

2022
Capital
£’000

(903)

2022
Total
£’000

(903)

(903)

(903)

The movement in provision in the year is as follows:

Group

Provision at the start of the year

Accelerated capital allowances

Unutilised losses carried forward

Provision at the end of the year

Company

Provision at the start of the year

Accelerated capital allowances

Unutilised losses carried forward

Provision at the end of the year

2022
Revenue
£’000

-

-

-

-

2022
Revenue
£’000

-

-

-

-

2022
Capital
£’000

 (686) 

 -  

(217)

(903)

2022
Capital
£’000

(686)

 - 

(217)

(903)

2022
Total
£’000

(686)

-

(217)

(903)

2022
Total
£’000

(686)

-

(217)

(903)

2021
Revenue
£’000

-

-

2021
Revenue
£’000

108

(108)

-

-

2021
Revenue
£’000

108

(108)

-

-

2021
Capital
£’000

(686)

2021
Total
£’000

(686)

(686)

(686)

2021
Capital
£’000

-

-

(686)

(686)

2021
Capital
£’000

-

-

(686)

(686)

2021
Total
£’000

108

(108)

(686)

(686)

2021
Total
£’000

108

(108)

(686)

(686)

The Group has not recognised deferred tax assets of £8,007,769 (2021: £2,703,000) arising as a result of losses carried 
forward. It is considered too uncertain that the Group will generate profits in the relevant companies that the losses  
would be available to offset against and, on this basis, the deferred tax asset in respect of these expenses has not  
been recognised.

Due to the Company's status as an Investment Trust, and the intention to continue meeting the conditions required to 
obtain approval for the foreseeable future, the Company has not provided deferred tax on any capital gains arising on the 
revaluation or disposal of investments.

09 Earning per share 

Earnings/(loss) per Ordinary share

The earnings per Ordinary share can be analysed between revenue and capital, as below.

Net revenue profit

Net capital profit

Net total profit

Year ended
31 March 2022
£’000

Year ended
31 March 2021
£’000

 43,437 

 238,250 

 281,687 

38,889

195,520

234,409

Weighted average number of shares in issue during the year

317,350,980

317,350,980

Revenue earnings per share

Capital earnings per share

Earnings per Ordinary share

pence

 13.69 

 75.07 

 88.76 

pence

12.25

61.61

73.86

The Group has no securities in issue that could dilute the return per Ordinary share. Therefore the basic and diluted return per 
Ordinary share are the same.

84

TR Property Investment Trust 
 
 
10 Investments held at fair value

a)  Analysis of investments

Listed in the United Kingdom

Unlisted in the United Kingdom
Listed Overseas

Investment properties
Investments held for sale
Investments held at fair value
Investments in subsidiaries  
at fair value

Group
2022
£’000

516,076

2,341
940,744

47,275
48,980
1,555,416

-

1,555,416

Company
2022
£’000

516,076

2,341
940,744

47,275
48,980
1,555,416

36,297

1,591,713

Group
2021
£’000

394,176

1,468
921,801

83,071
 -  
1,400,516

-

1,400,516

Company
2021
£’000

394,176

1,468
921,801

83,071
 -  
1,400,516

43,312

1,443,828

Investments held for sale: Mixed used property, the Colonnades, London, W2, is currently under offer with a sale expected 
to complete by the end of June 2022. No impairment losses or reversals are anticipated.

b)  Business segment reporting

Listed investments

Unlisted investments

Contracts for difference

Valuation
31 March
2021
£’000

Net
additions/
(disposals)
£’000

Net
appreciation/
(depreciation)
£’000

Valuation
31 March
2022
£’000

Gross
revenue
31 March
2022
£’000

Gross
revenue
31 March
2021
£’000

1,315,977

(94,224)

235,067

1,456,820

43,775

 36,403 

1,468

(141)

(42)

915

(8,563)

16,361

2,341

7,657

395

5,701

49,871

3,876

53,747

 154 

 3,320 

 39,877 

 4,236 

 44,113 

Total investments segment

1,317,304

(102,829)

252,343

1,466,818

Direct property segment

83,071

128

13,056

96,255

1,400,375

(102,701)

265,399

1,563,073

In seeking to achieve its investment objective, the Company invests in the shares and securities of property companies 
and property related businesses internationally and also in investment property located in the UK. The Company therefore 
considers that there are two distinct reporting segments, investments and direct property, which are used for evaluating 
performance and allocation of resources. The Board, which is the principal decision maker, receives information on the 
two segments on a regular basis. Whilst revenue streams and direct property costs can be attributed to the reporting 
segments, general administrative expenses cannot be split to allow a profit for each segment to be determined. The 
assets and gross revenues for each segment are shown above.

The property costs included within note 3 are £1,435,000 (2021: £1,321,000) and deducting these costs from the direct 
property gross revenue above would result in net income of £2,441,000 (2021: £2,915,000) for the direct property 
reporting segment.

85

Annual Report & Accounts 2022OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsGlossary and AIFMD disclosureNotice of AGMShareholder information 
 
Notes to the financial statements
continued

10  Investments held at fair value continued

c)   Geographical segment reporting

Valuation
31 March
2021
£’000

Net
additions/
(disposals)
£’000

Net
appreciation/
(depreciation)
£’000

Valuation
31 March
2022
£’000

Gross
revenue
31 March
2022
£’000

Gross
revenue
31 March
2021
£’000

UK listed equities and convertibles

394,176

30,844

91,056

516,076

11,731

10,265

UK unlisted equities

UK direct property¹

1,468

83,071

 -  

128

873

13,056

2,341

96,255

Continental European listed equities

921,801

(125,110)

144,053

940,744

1,400,516

(94,138)

249,038

1,555,416

UK contracts for difference²

European contracts for difference²

584

(725)

(9,227)

664

10,270

6,091

1,627

6,030

395

3,876

32,044

48,046

1,616

4,085

154

4,236

26,138

40,793

1,242

2,078

1,400,375

(102,701)

265,399

1,563,073

53,747

44,113

Included in the above figures are purchase costs of £489,000 (2021: £741,000) and sales costs of £259,000 (2021: 
£184,000).

These comprise mainly stamp duty and commission.

The Company received £544,225,000 (2021: £329,018,000) from investments, including direct property, sold in the 
year. The book cost of these investments when they were purchased was £356,438,000 (2021: £266,450,000). These 
investments have been revalued over time and until they were sold any unrealised gains/losses were included in the fair 
value of the investments.

¹ 

² 

³ 

 Net additions/(disposals) includes £366,000 (2021: £465,000) of capital expenditure. Net appreciation/(depreciation) 
includes amounts in respect of rent free periods.

 Gross revenue for contracts for difference relates to dividends receivable, on an ex dividend basis, on the underlying 
positions held. The appreciation/(depreciation) in CFDs relates to the movement in fair value in the year.

The depreciation in the TRS relates to the movement in fair value in the year until maturity.

d)  Substantial share interests
 The Group held interests in 3% or more of any class of capital in 8 companies (2021: 10 companies) in which it invests. 
None of these investments is considered significant in the context of these financial statements. See note 21 on pages 99 
and 100 for further details of subsidiary investments.

e)  Fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities
 Financial assets and financial liabilities are carried in the Balance Sheet either at their fair value (investments) or the 
balance sheet amount is a reasonable approximation of fair value (due from brokers, dividends and interest receivable, due 
to brokers, accruals and cash at bank). 

Fair value hierarchy disclosures

 Categorisation within the hierarchy has been determined on the basis of the lowest level input that is significant to the fair 
value measurement of the relevant asset as follows:

Level 1 - valued using quoted prices in an active market for identical assets.

Level 2 - valued by reference to valuation techniques using observable inputs other than quoted prices within Level 1.

Level 3 - valued by reference to valuation techniques using inputs that are not based on observable market data.

The valuation techniques used by the Group are explained in the accounting policies in notes 1 (f) and 1 (g).

86

TR Property Investment Trust 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10  Investments held at fair value continued

e)  Fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities
The table below sets out fair value measurements using IFRS 13 fair value hierarchy.

Financial assets/(liabilities) at fair value through profit or loss

At 31 March 2022

Equity investments

Investment properties
Contracts for difference

Foreign exchange forward contracts

At 31 March 2021

Equity investments

Investment properties

Contracts for difference
Foreign exchange forward contracts

Level 1
£’000

1,456,820

-
-

-

1,456,820

Level 1
£’000

1,315,977

-

-
-

Level 2
£’000

 -  

 -  
7,657

2,736

10,393

Level 2
£’000

 -  

 -  

(141)
(1,107)

Level 3
£’000

 2,341 

96,255
-

-

98,596

Level 3
£’000

1,468

83,071

-
-

Total
£’000

1,459,161

96,255
7,657

2,736

1,565,809

Total
£’000

1,317,445

83,071

(141)
(1,107)

1,399,268
The table above represents the Group's fair value hierarchy. The Company's fair value hierarchy is identical except for the 
inclusion of the fair value of the investment in subsidiaries which at 31 March 2022 was £36,297,000 (2021: £43,312,000). 
These have been categorised as level 3 in both years. The movement in the year of £7,015,000 (2021: £7,117,000) is the 
change in fair value in the year, which includes a distribution from a subsidiary company of £7,000,000. The total financial 
assets at fair value for the Company at 31 March 2022 was £1,591,713,000 (2021: £1,443,828,000).

1,315,977

(1,248)

84,539

Reconciliation of movements in financial assets categorised as level 3

At 31 March 2022

31 March
2021
£’000

Purchases
£’000

Appreciation /
(Depreciation)
£’000

Sales
£’000

31 March
2022
£’000

Unlisted equity investments

1,468

 -  

 -  

 873 

2,341

Investment properties

– Mixed use
– Office & Industrial

47,977
35,094
83,071
84,539

372
-
372 
372 

-
(244)
(244)
(244)

(162)
13,218
13,056
13,929

48,187
48,068
96,255
98,596

All appreciation/(depreciation) as stated above relates to movements in fair value of unlisted equity investments and 
investment properties held at 31 March 2022.

The Group held one unquoted investment at the year end (see 11.6 overleaf).

Transfers between hierarchy levels
There were no transfers during the year between any of the levels.

87

Annual Report & Accounts 2022OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsGlossary and AIFMD disclosureNotice of AGMShareholder information 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the financial statements
continued

10  Investments held at fair value continued

Sensitivity information for Investment Property Valuations
 The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement categorised within Level 3 of the fair value 
hierarchy of investment properties are:

• Estimated rental value: £6.5 - £65 per sq ft (2021: £6.5- £65)

• Capitalisation rates: 2.0% - 6.0% (2021: 2.0% - 6.0%)

 Significant increases (decreases) in estimated rental value and rent growth in isolation would result in a significantly 
higher (lower) fair value measurement. A significant increase (decrease) in long-term vacancy rate in isolation would 
result in a significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement.

 There are interrelationships between the yields and rental values as they are partially determined by market rate condition. 
The sensitivity of the valuation to changes in the most significant inputs per class of investment property are shown 
below:

Estimated movement in fair value of 
investment properties at 31 March 
2022 arising from

Increase in rental value by 5%

Decrease in rental value by 5%
Increase in yield by 0.5%

Decrease in yield by 0.5%

Estimated movement in fair value of 
investment properties at 31 March 
2021 arising from

Increase in rental value by 5%

Decrease in rental value by 5%

Increase in yield by 0.5%

Decrease in yield by 0.5%

Retail
£’000

306

(294)
(3,865)

4,841

Retail
£’000

310

(250)

(4,040)

5,155

Office &
Industrial
£’000

2,266

(2,266)
(6,343)

8,711

Office &
Industrial
£’000

1,585

(1,610)

(5,835)

9,505

Other
£’000

145

(1)
(832)

1,101

Other
£’000

 50 

 (25)

(925)

1,325

Total
£’000

2,717

(2,561)
(11,040)

14,653

Total
£’000

1,945

(1,885)

(10,800)

15,985

The Group agreed to sell freehold and leasehold interests in The Colannades investment property after a strategic review 
of the Direct Property portfolio which has a fair value after costs to sell of £48,187,437 as at 31 March 2022.

The property is currently being marketed for sale and is anticipated to be sold within the next 12 months, therefore it is 
being classified as a held for sale.  Any changes to the marketing for sale occurring after the year end will be disclosed in 
Note 23 Subsequent Events.

No impairment losses have been recognised as at 31 March 2022.

11 Financial instruments 

Risk management policies and procedures
 The Group invests in equities and other instruments for the long term in the pursuit of the Investment Objectives set out 
on page 22. The Group is exposed to a variety of risks that could result in either a reduction or an increase in the profits 
available for distribution by way of dividends.

The principal risks the Group faces in its portfolio management activities are:

•  Market risk (comprising price risk, currency risk and interest rate risk)

•  Liquidity risk

•  Credit risk

 The Manager's policies and processes for managing these risks are summarised on page 23 and have been applied 
throughout the year.

88

TR Property Investment Trust 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
11  Financial instruments continued

11.1 Market price risk
By the very nature of its activities, the Group's investments are exposed to market price fluctuations.

  Management of the risk

 The Manager runs a diversified portfolio and reports to the Board on the portfolio activity and performance at each Board 
meeting. The Board monitors the investment activity and strategy to ensure it is compatible with the stated objectives.

 The Group's exposure to changes in market prices on its quoted equity investments, CFDs and investment property 
portfolio, was as follows:

Investments held at fair value

CFD long gross exposure

2022
£’000

1,555,416

144,642

2021
£’000

1,400,516

146,001

Concentration of exposure to price risks
 As set out in the Investment Policies on page 23, there are guidelines to the amount of exposure to a single company, 
geographical region or direct property. These guidelines ensure an appropriate spread of exposure to individual or sector 
price risks. As an investment company dedicated to investment in the property sector, the Group is exposed to price 
movements across the property asset class as a whole.

Price risk sensitivity
 The following table illustrates the sensitivity of the profit after taxation for the year and the value of shareholders’ funds to 
an increase or decrease of 15% in the fair values of the Group’s equity, fixed interest, CFD and direct property investments. 
The level of change is consistent with the illustration shown in the previous year. The sensitivity is based on the Group’s 
equity, fixed interest, CFD and direct property exposure at each balance sheet date, with all other variables held constant. 

2022
Increase
in fair value
£’000

2022
Decrease
in fair value
£’000

2021
Increase
in fair value
£’000

2021
Decrease
in fair value
£’000

Statement of Comprehensive  
Income – profit after tax

Revenue return
Capital return
Change to the profit after tax for the 
year/shareholders’ funds
Change to total earnings per Ordinary 
Share

(115)
234,176

234,061

73.75p

115
(234,176)

(234,061)

(73.75)p

(103)
209,801

209,698

66.08p

103
(209,801)

(209,698)

(66.08)p

11.2 Currency risk
 A proportion of the Group's portfolio is invested in overseas securities and their Sterling value can be significantly affected 
by movements in foreign exchange rates.

 Management of the risk
 The Board receives a report at each Board meeting on the proportion of the investment portfolio held in Sterling,  
Euros or other currencies. The Group may sometimes hedge foreign currency movements outside the Eurozone by  
funding investments in overseas securities with unsecured loans denominated in the same currency or through  
forward currency contracts. 

Cash deposits are held in Sterling and/or Euro denominated accounts.

89

Annual Report & Accounts 2022OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsGlossary and AIFMD disclosureNotice of AGMShareholder information 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the financial statements
continued

11  Financial instruments continued

Foreign currency exposure
 At the reporting date the Group had the following exposure:  
(Sterling has been shown for reference)

Currency

Sterling

Euro

Swedish Krona

Other

2022

34.0%

42.0%

16.0%

8.0%

2021

28.0%

51.0%

13.0%

8.0%

The following table sets out the Group’s total exposure to foreign currency risk and the net exposure to foreign currencies 
of the net monetary assets and liabilities:

2022

Receivables (due from brokers, 
dividends and other income receivable)

Cash at bank and on deposit
Bank loans, loan notes and overdrafts
Payables (due to brokers, accruals and 
other creditors)

FX forwards
Total foreign currency exposure on net 
monetary items

Investments held at fair value

Non-current assets

Non-current liabilities

Total currency exposure

2021

Receivables (due from brokers, 
dividends and other income receivable)

Cash at bank and on deposit
Bank loans, loan notes and overdrafts
Payables (due to brokers, accruals and 
other creditors)

FX forwards
Total foreign currency exposure on net 
monetary items

Investments held at fair value

Non-current assets

Non-current liabilities

Total currency exposure

Sterling
£’000

53,912

20,341
(35,000)

(25,642)

(88,280)

(74,669)

614,672

903

(15,000)

525,906

Sterling
£’000

49,462

22,853
(95,000)

(10,142)

(61,209)

(94,036)

478,715

686

(15,000)

370,365

Euro
£’000

27,758

3,247
-

(111)

(10,996)

19,898

680,755

-

(42,253)

658,400

Euro
£’000

10,668

4,339
 -  

(1,031)

-

13,976

707,968

-

(42,593)

679,351

Swedish
Krona
£’000

12,659

2,883
-

(1,634)

59,877

73,785

181,455

-

-

Other
£’000

608

5,638
-

(3,722)

42,135

44,659

78,534

-

-

255,240

123,193

Swedish
Krona
£’000

561

650
 -  

 -  

 13,848 

15,059

155,635

 -  

 -  

Other
£’000

299

1,272
 -  

 -  

46,254

47,825

58,198

 -  

 -  

170,694

106,023

Foreign currency sensitivity
 The following table illustrates the sensitivity of the profit after tax for the year on the Group's equity in regard to the 
exchange rates for Sterling/Euro and Sterling/Swedish Krona and other currencies.

It assumes the following changes in exchange rates:

•  Sterling/Euro +/- 15% (2021: 15%)

•  Sterling/Swedish Krona +/- 15% (2021: 15%) 

•  Sterling/Other +/- 15% (2021: 15%) 

90

TR Property Investment Trust 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
11  Financial instruments continued

Foreign currency sensitivity continued
 If Sterling had strengthened against the currencies shown, this would have had the following effect:

Year ended March 2022

Year ended March 2021

Euro
£’000

Swedish
Krona
£’000

Other
£’000

Euro
£’000

Swedish
Krona
£’000

Statement of Comprehensive 
Income – profit after tax

Revenue return

(3,500)

(436)

(276)

(2,726)

(589)

Capital return
Change to the profit after tax for 
the year/shareholders’ funds

(89,441)

(23,632)

(10,228)

(83,243)

(20,269)

(92,941)

(24,068)

(10,504)

(85,969)

(20,858)

(7,829)

Other
£’000

(250)

(7,579)

Change to total earnings per Ordinary share

2022

(40.18)p

2021

(36.13)p

If Sterling had weakened against the currencies shown, this would have the following effect:

Year ended March 2022

Year ended March 2021

Euro
£’000

Swedish
Krona
£’000

Other
£’000

Euro
£’000

Swedish
Krona
£’000

Other
£’000

Statement of Comprehensive 
Income – profit after tax

Revenue return

4,896

525

345

3,411

732

318

Capital return
Change to the profit after tax for 
the year/shareholders’ funds

121,078

31,996

13,847

124,633

27,440

10,262

125,974

32,521

14,192

128,044

28,172

10,580

2022

54.42p

2021

52.56p

Change to total earnings per Ordinary share

11.3 Interest rate risk
 Interest rate movements may affect:

• the fair value of any investments in fixed interest securities;
• the fair value of the loan notes;
• the level of income receivable from cash at bank and on deposit;
• the level of interest expense on any variable rate bank loans; and
• the prices of the underlying securities held in the portfolios.

  Management of the risk

 The possible effects on fair value and cash flows that could arise as a result of changes in interest rates are taken into 
account when making investment decisions. Property companies usually have borrowings themselves and the level of 
gearing and structure of its debt portfolio is a key factor when assessing the investment in a property company.

 The Group has fixed and has had variable rate borrowings during the year. The interest rates on the loan notes is fixed, 
details are set out in note 13.In addition to the loan notes the Group has unsecured, multi-currency revolving loan facilities 
which carry variable rates of interest based on the currencies drawn, plus a margin. These facilities total £92,253,000 
(2021: £130,000,000)

91

Annual Report & Accounts 2022OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsGlossary and AIFMD disclosureNotice of AGMShareholder information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the financial statements
continued

11  Financial instruments continued

  Management of the risk continued

 The Manager considers both the level of debt on the balance sheet of the Group (i.e. the loan notes and any bank loans 
drawn) and the "see-through" gearing, taking into account the assets and liabilities of the underlying investments, when 
considering the investment portfolio. These gearing levels are reported regularly to the Board.

 The majority of the Group's investment portfolio is non-interest bearing. As a result the Group's financial assets are not 
directly subject to significant amounts of risk due to fluctuations in the prevailing levels of market interest rates.

Interest rate exposure

The exposure at 31 March of financial assets and financial liabilities to interest rate risk is shown by reference to:

• floating interest rates: when the interest rate is due to be re-set

• fixed interest rates: when the financial instrument is due to be repaid.

The Group's exposure to floating interest rates on assets is £77,242,000 (2021: £80,027,000)

The Group's exposure to fixed interest rates on liabilities is £57,253,000 (2021: £152,593,000)

The Group's exposure to floating interest rates on liabilities is £35,000,000 (2021: £nil)

Interest receivable and finance costs are at the following rates:

•    Interest received on cash balances, or paid on bank overdrafts, is at a margin over SONIA or its foreign currency 

equivalent (2021: same)

•   Interest paid on borrowings under the multi-currency loan facilities, is at a margin over SONIA or its foreign currency 

equivalent for the type of loan (2021: same).

•  The finance charges on the €50m and £15m loan notes are at interest rates of 1.92% and 3.59% respectively.

 The year end amounts are not representative of the exposure to interest rates during the year as the level of exposure 
changes as investments are made in fixed interest securities, borrowings are drawn down and repaid, and the mix of 
borrowings between floating and fixed interest rates changes.

Interest rate sensitivity
A change of 2% on interest rates at the reporting date would have had the following direct impact:

Change to shareholders’ funds
Change to total earnings  
per Ordinary share

2022
Increase
£’000

(243)

(0.08)p

2022
Decrease
£’000

243

0.08p

2021
Increase
£’000

(1,176)

(0.37)p

2021
Decrease
£’000

1,176

0.37p

This level of change is not representative of the year as a whole, since the exposure changes throughout the period.

This assessment does not take into account the impact of interest rate changes on the market value of the investments 
the Group holds.

11.4 Liquidity risk
 Unquoted investments in the portfolio are subject to liquidity risk. The Group held one unquoted investment at the year end 
(see 11.6 below).

 In certain market conditions, the liquidity of direct property investments may be reduced. At 31 March 2022, 6% (2021: 6%) 
of the Group's investment portfolio was held in direct property investments.

 At 31 March 2022, 94% (2021: 94%) of the Group's investment portfolio is held in listed securities which are predominantly 
readily realisable.

 Bank loan facilities are short term revolving loans which it is intended are renewed or replaced but renewal cannot be 
certain. Loan notes of €50m and £15m are repayable in February 2026 and 2031 respectively.

The table shows the timing of cash outflows to settle the Group's current liabilities together with anticipated interest costs.

92

TR Property Investment Trust 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
11  Financial instruments continued

Debt and Financing maturity profile

At 31 March 2022

Bank loans*

Loan notes

Projected interest cash flows on 
bank and loan notes

Securities and properties 
purchased for future settlement

Accruals and deferred income

Other creditors

At 31 March 2021

Bank loans

Loan notes

Projected interest cash flows on 
bank and loan notes

Accruals and deferred income

Other creditors

Within
1 year
£’000

Within
1-2 year
£’000

Within
2-3 year
£’000

 35,000 

 -  

 -  

 -  

 -  

 -  

Within
3-4 year
£’000

 -  

42,253

Within
4-5 year
£’000

More than
5 year
£’000

 -  

-

 -  

 15,000 

Total
£’000

35,000

57,253

1,350

1,350

1,350

1,241

539

2,124

7,954

5,364

25,523

222

 -  

 -  

 -  

 -  

 -  

 -  

 -  

 -  

 -  

 -  

 -  

 -  

 -  

 -  

 -  

5,364

25,523

222

67,459

1,350

1,350

43,494

539

17,124

131,316

Within
1 year
£’000

Within
1-2 year
£’000

Within
2-3 year
£’000

Within
3-4 year
£’000

Within
4-5 year
£’000

More than
5 year
£’000

Total
£’000

 95,000 

 - 

2,178

10,719

110

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 -  

 95,000 

57,593

 57,593 

1,356

1,356

1,356

1,356

2,693

 10,295 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 10,719 

 110 

*  A £60m multicurrency facility with RBS was renewed for one year in February 2022. £35m (2021: £50m) was drawn on this facility at the balance sheet date. 

108,007

1,356

1,356

1,356

1,356

60,286

 173,717 

*  A £30m one year facility with ING Luxembourg was renewed in July 2021. Nil (2021: 30m) was drawn on this facility at the balance sheet date. 

*  A £40m facility with ICBC was renewed in November 2021. Nil (2021: 15m) was drawn on this facility at the balance sheet date. 

  Management of the risk

 The Manager sets guidelines for the maximum exposure of the portfolio to unquoted and direct property investments. These are set 
out in the Investment Policies on page 23. All unquoted investments with a value over £1m and direct property investments with a 
value over £5 million must be approved by the Board for purchase.

 The Company maintains regular contact with the banks providing revolving facilities and renewal discussions commence 
well ahead of facility renewal dates. In addition the Company is exploring new opportunities for the provision of debt on an 
ongoing basis.

11.5 Credit risk
 The failure of a counterparty to a transaction to discharge its obligations under that transaction could result in the Group suffering 
a loss. At the period end the largest counterparty risk, which the Group was exposed to was within Debtors and Cash and cash 
equivalents where the total bank balances held with one counterparty was £50,101,017 (2021: £53,134,000).

  Management of the risk

 Investment transactions are carried out with a number of brokers, whose credit standing is reviewed periodically by the 
Manager, and limits are set on the amount that may be due from any one broker. Cash at bank is only held with banks with 
high quality external credit ratings.

Credit risk exposure
 In summary, compared to the amounts in the Balance Sheet, the maximum exposure to credit risk at 31 March was as follows:

93

Annual Report & Accounts 2022OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsGlossary and AIFMD disclosureNotice of AGMShareholder information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the financial statements
continued

11  Financial instruments continued

Debtors

Cash and cash equivalents

2022  
Balance  
Sheet  
£’000

 97,673 

 32,109 

 129,782 

2022  
Maximum  
exposure  
£’000

 97,673 

 32,109 

 129,782 

2021  
Balance  
Sheet  
£’000

 60,990 

 29,114 

 90,104 

2021 
Maximum 
exposure  
£’000

 60,990 

 29,114 

 90,104 

 Where the receivables of the Group are exposed to credit risk, the requirement for impairment is assessed at each year 
end. For all receivables, in the table above, no impairment has been recognised in relation to expected credit losses as the 
impact of these losses is immaterial as at 31 March 2022 (31 March 2021: no impairment).

Offsetting disclosures
 In order to better define its contractual rights and to secure rights that will help the Group mitigate its counterparty risk, 
the Group may enter into an ISDA Master Agreement or similar agreement with its OTC derivative contract counterparties. 
An ISDA Master Agreement is an agreement between the Group and the counterparty that governs OTC derivatives and 
foreign exchange contracts and typically contains, among other things, collateral posting terms and netting provisions 
in the event of a default and/or termination event. Under an ISDA Master Agreement, the Group has a contractual right 
to offset with the counterparty certain derivative financial instruments payables and/or receivables with collateral 
held and/or posted and create one single net payment in the event of default including the bankruptcy or insolvency 
of the counterparty. However, bankruptcy or insolvency laws of a particular jurisdiction may impose restrictions on or 
prohibitions against the right of offset in bankruptcy, insolvency or other events.

 The disclosures set out in the following tables include financial assets and financial liabilities that are subject to an 
enforceable master netting arrangement or similar agreement.

At 31 March 2022 and 2021, the Group’s derivative assets and liabilities (by type and counterparty) were as follows:

Year ended 31 March 2022

Year ended 31 March 2021

Net amounts
of financial
assets/
liabilities
presented in
the Balance
Sheet
£’000

 7,657 

 7,657 

 2,736 

 2,736 

Cash collateral
pledged
£’000

 45,133 

 45,133 

 - 

 - 

Net amounts
of financial
assets/
liabilities
presented in
the Balance
Sheet
£’000

(141)

(141)

 (1,107)

 (1,107)

Cash collateral
pledged
£’000

 50,913 

 50,913 

 - 

 - 

CFD positions:

Goldman Sachs

FX forward contracts:

HSBC

94

TR Property Investment Trust 
 
 
 
 
 
 
11  Financial instruments continued

11.6 Fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities
 Except for the loan notes which are measured at amortised cost (refer to Note 13), the fair values of the financial assets 
and financial liabilities are either carried in the balance sheet at their fair value (investments) or the balance sheet 
amount is a reasonable approximation of fair value (debtors, creditors, cash at bank and bank overdrafts, accruals and 
prepayments).

 The fair values of the listed investments are derived from the closing price or last traded price at which the securities are 
quoted on the London Stock Exchange and other recognised exchanges.

 The fair value of contracts for difference are based on the underlying listed investment value as set out above and the 
amount due from or to the counterparty under the contract is recorded as an asset or liability accordingly, which is 
disclosed in Note 13 for the current year.

 The fair values of the properties are derived from an open market (Red Book) valuation of the properties on the Balance 
Sheet date by an independent firm of valuers (Knight Frank). 

 There was one unquoted investment at the Balance Sheet date, Atrato, with a total value of £2,341,000 (2021: Atrato, 
£1,468,000). 

 In the Parent Company accounts there are investments of £36,297,000 (2021: £43,312,000) in unlisted subsidiaries which 
are classified as level 3.

 The amounts of change in fair value for investments including net returns on CFDs recognised in the consolidated profit 
or loss for the year was a gain of £265,399,000 (2021: £214,372,000 gain). 

11.7 Capital management policies and procedures
The Group's capital management objectives are:

•  to ensure that it will be able to continue as a going concern; and

•  to maximise the total return to its equity shareholders through an appropriate balance of equity capital and debt.

 The equity capital of the Group at 31 March 2022 consisted of called up share capital, share premium, capital redemption 
and revenue reserves totalling £1,562,739,000 (2021: £1,326,433,000). The Group does not regard the loan notes and 
loans as permanent capital. 

The loan notes agreement requires compliance with a set of financial covenants, including:

•  Total Borrowings shall not exceed 33% of Adjusted Net Asset Value;  

•  the Adjusted Total Assets shall at all times be equivalent to a minimum of 300% of Total Borrowings; and

•  the Adjusted NAV shall not be less than £260,000,000.

12 Debtors

Amounts falling due within one year:
Securities and properties sold for 
future settlement
Foreign exchange forward contracts 
for settlement

Tax recoverable

Prepayments and accrued income¹
Amounts receivable in respect of 
Contracts for Difference

CFD margin cash

Other debtors

Non-current assets

Deferred taxation asset

¹   Includes amounts in respect of rent free periods.

Group
2022
£’000

Company
2022
£’000

 33,138 

 33,138 

 2,736 

 3,344 

 5,168 

 7,657 

 45,133 

 497 

 97,673 

 2,736 

 2,879 

 5,168 

 7,657 

 45,133 

 497 

 97,208 

Group
2021
£’000

 267 

 -  

 4,231 

 5,176 

 -  

 50,913 

 403 

 60,990 

Company
2021
£’000

 267 

 -  

 3,761 

 5,176 

 -  

 50,913 

 403 

 60,520 

 903 

 903 

 686 

 686 

95

Annual Report & Accounts 2022OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsGlossary and AIFMD disclosureNotice of AGMShareholder information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the financial statements
continued

13 Current and non-current liabilities

Amounts falling due within one year:

Bank loans and overdrafts
Securities and properties purchased 
for future settlement

Amounts due to subsidiaries
Amounts payable in respect of 
Contracts for Difference

Tax payable

Accruals and deferred income
Foreign exchange forward contracts 
for settlement

Other creditors

Non-current liabilities:

1.92% Euro Loan Notes 2026

3.59% GBP Loan Notes 2031

Group
2022
£’000

 35,000 

 5,364 

 -  

 -  

 -  

Company
2022
£’000

 35,000 

 5,364 

 35,869 

 -  

 -  

 25,523 

 25,523 

 -  

 222 

 -  

 183 

 66,109 

 101,939 

 42,253 

 15,000 

 57,253 

 42,253 

 15,000 

 57,253 

Group
2021
£’000

 95,000 

 194 

 -  

 141 

 9 

 10,719 

 1,107 

 110 

107,280

42,593

15,000

57,593

Company
2021
£’000

 95,000 

 194 

 42,880 

 141 

 9 

 10,685 

 1,107 

 104 

150,120

42,593

15,000

57,593

Loan Notes
On the 10th February 2016, the Company issued 1.92% Unsecured Euro 50,000,000 Loan Notes and 3.59% Unsecured 
GBP 15,000,000 Loan Notes which are due to be redeemed at par on the 10th February 2026 and 10th February 2031 
respectively.

The fair value of the 1.92% Euro Loan Notes was £42,340,000 (2021: £42,732,000) and the 3.59% GBP Loan Notes was 
£14,879,000 (2021: £15,219,000) at 31 March 2022.

Using the IFRS 13 fair value hierarchy the Loan Notes are deemed to be categorised within Level 2.

The loan notes agreement requires compliance with a set of financial covenants, including:

• Total Borrowings shall not exceed 33% of Adjusted Net Asset Value; 

• the Adjusted Total Assets shall at all times be equivalent to a minimum of 300% of Total Borrowings; and

• the Adjusted NAV shall not be less than £260,000,000. 

The Company and Group complied with the terms of the loan notes agreement throughout the year.

Multi-currency revolving loan facilities 
The Group also had unsecured, multi-currency, revolving short-term loan facilities totalling £130,000,000 (2021: 
£130,000,000) at 31 March 2022. At 31 March 2022 £35,000,000 was drawn on these facilities (2021: £95,000,000).

The maturity of these facilities is shown in notes 11.3 and 11.4. 

96

TR Property Investment Trust 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
13  Current and non-current liabilities continued

Reconciliation of liabilities arising from financing activities

Group and Company

Long term
debt
£’000

Short term
debt
£’000

Total
£’000

Opening liabilities from financing activities at 31 March 2021

 57,593 

 95,000 

 152,593 

Cash flows:

Repayment of bank loans

Non cash-flows:

Movement on foreign exchange

Closing liabilities from financing activities at 31 March 2022

14 Called up share capital

 - 

 (60,000)

 (60,000)

 (340)

 57,253 

 - 

 35,000 

 (340)

 92,253 

Ordinary share capital
 The balance classified as Ordinary share capital includes the nominal value proceeds on the issue of the Ordinary equity 
share capital comprising Ordinary shares of 25p.

Ordinary shares of 25p
At 1 April 2021

At 31 March 2022

Number

Issued, allotted
and fully paid £’000

 317,350,980 

 317,350,980 

 79,338 

 79,338 

The voting rights are disclosed in the Report of the Directors on page 45.

During the year, the Company made no market purchases for cancellation of Ordinary shares of 25p each (2021: none).

Since 31 March 2022 no Ordinary shares have been purchased and cancelled.

15 Share premium account and capital redemption reserve

Share premium account
 The balance classified as share premium includes the premium above nominal value from the proceeds on issue of the 
equity share capital comprising Ordinary shares of 25p.

Capital redemption reserve
 The capital redemption reserve is used to record the amount equivalent to the nominal value of purchases of the 
Company's own shares in order to maintain the Company's capital.

16 Retained earnings

Investment holding gains

Realised capital reserves

Revenue reserve

Group
2022
£’000

412,934

918,057

1,330,991

65,277

1,396,268

Company
2022
£’000

431,260

891,806

1,323,066

73,202

1,396,268

Group
2021
£’000

335,322

757,418

1,092,740

67,222

1,159,962

Company
2021
£’000

360,663

731,167

1,091,830

68,132

1,159,962

Group investment holding gains at 31 March 2022 include a £1,015,650 gain (2021: £143,000 gain) relating to unlisted 
investments and a gain of £58,386,000 (2021: £45,201,000 gain) relating to investment properties.

Company investment holding gains at 31 March 2022 include a gain of £77,728,000 (2021: £70,685,000 gain) relating to 
unlisted and subsidiary investments with a £57,246,000 revaluation gain (2021: £44,061,000 revaluation gain) relating to 
investment properties. Dividends are only distributable from the revenue reserve.

97

Annual Report & Accounts 2022OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsGlossary and AIFMD disclosureNotice of AGMShareholder information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the financial statements
continued

17 Dividends

Amounts recognised as distributions to equity holders in the year:
Final dividend for the year ended 31 March 2021 of 9.00p (2020: 
8.80p) per Ordinary share
Interim dividend for the year ended 31 March 2022 of 5.30p  
(2021: 5.20p) per Ordinary share

Year ended
31 March 2022
£’000

Year ended
31 March 2021
£’000

28,562

16,819

45,381

27,927

16,502

44,429

Amounts not recognised as distributions to equity holders in the 
year:
Proposed final dividend for the year ended 31 March 2022 of 9.20p 
(2021: 9.00p) per Ordinary share

29,196

28,562

The final dividend has not been included as a liability in these financial statements in accordance with IAS 10 "Events after 
the reporting period".

Set out below is the total dividend to be paid in respect of the year. This is the basis on which the requirements of s.1158 
of the Corporation Tax Act 2010 are considered.

Interim dividend for the year ended 31 March 2022 of 5.30p  
(2021: 5.20p) per Ordinary share
Proposed final dividend for the year ended 31 March 2022  
of 9.20p (2021: 9.00) per Ordinary share

2022
£’000

16,819

29,196

46,015

2021
£’000

16,502

28,562

45,064

18 Company statement of comprehensive income

 As permitted by Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006, the Company has not presented its own Statement of 
Comprehensive Income. The net profit after taxation of the Company dealt with in the accounts of the Group was 
£281,687,000 (2021: £234,409,000 profit).

19 Net asset value per ordinary share

 Net asset value per Ordinary share is based on the net assets attributable to Ordinary shares of £1,562,739,000 (2021: 
£1,326,433,000) and on 317,350,980 (2021: 317,350,980) Ordinary shares in issue at the year end.

20 Commitments and contingent liabilities

 At 31 March 2022 the Group had capital commitments of £74,000 (2021: £144,000) but no contingent liabilities (2021: nil).

98

TR Property Investment Trust 
 
 
21 Subsidiaries

 The Group has the following principal subsidiaries, all of which are registered and operating  
in Scotland, England and Wales:

Name

Reg. Number

Principal Activities

* New England Properties Limited

* The Colonnades Limited

* Showart Limited 

788895

2826672

2500726

* Trust Union Properties Residential Developments Limited

2365875

The Property Investment Trust Ltd 

The Real Estate Investment Trust Limited 

The Terra Property Investment Trust Limited 

Trust Union Property Investment Trust Limited 

* Trust Union Properties (Number Five) Limited 

* Trust Union Properties (Number Six) Limited 

Trust Union Properties (Number Seven) Limited

Trust Union Properties (Number Eight) Limited 

Trust Union Properties (Number Nine) Limited 

Trust Union Properties (Number Ten) Limited 

Trust Union Properties (Number Eleven) Limited 

Trust Union Properties (Number Twelve) Limited 

Trust Union Properties (Number Thirteen) Limited

Trust Union Properties (Number Fourteen) Limited 

Trust Union Properties (Number Fifteen) Limited 

Trust Union Properties (Number Sixteen) Limited 

Trust Union Properties (Number Seventeen) Limited 

Trust Union Properties (Number Eighteen) Limited 

* Trust Union Properties (Bayswater) Limited

* Trust Union Properties (Cardiff) Limited 

* Trust Union Properties (Theale) Limited 

* Trust Union Properties (Number Twenty-Two) Limited 

2415846

2416015

2415843

2416017

2415839

2416018

2415836

2416019

2415833

2416021

2415830

2416022

2415818

2416024

2416026

2415806

2416027

2415768

2416030

2415772

2416031

2415765

* Trust Union Properties (Number Twenty-Three) Limited 

2416036

* Skillion Finance Limited

* Trust Union Finance (1991) Plc 

* FGH Developments Limited

* FGH Developments (Aberdeen) Limited

* FGH (Newcastle) Limited 

* NEP (1994) Limited 

* New England Developments Limited

* New England Investments Limited 

* New England Retail Properties Limited 

* New England (Southern) Limited 

* Sapco One Limited 

* Trust Union Properties Limited

* Trust Union Finance Limited 

* TR Property Finance Limited

* Trust Union Properties (South Bank) Limited

2420758

2663561

1481476

SC68799

1466619

977481

1385909

2613905

1447221

1787371

803940

2134624

1233998

2415941

2420097

Non-trading company

Non-trading company

Non-trading company

Non-trading company

Non-trading company

Non-trading company

Non-trading company

Non-trading company

Non-trading company

Non-trading company

Non-trading company

Non-trading company

Non-trading company

Non-trading company

Non-trading company

Non-trading company

Non-trading company

Non-trading company

Non-trading company

Non-trading company

Non-trading company

Non-trading company

Property investment

Non-trading company

Non-trading company

Non-trading company

Non-trading company

Non-trading company

Investment financing

Non-trading company

Non-trading company

Non-trading company

Non-trading company

Non-trading company

Non-trading company

Non-trading company

Non-trading company

Non-trading company

Non-trading company

Investment holding and finance company

Investment holding and finance company

Non-trading company

99

Annual Report & Accounts 2022OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsGlossary and AIFMD disclosureNotice of AGMShareholder information 
Notes to the financial statements
continued

21  Subsidiaries continued

All the subsidiaries are fully owned and all the holdings are ordinary shares.

 All companies have the registered office of Exchange House, Primrose Street, London EC2A 2HS with the exception of 
FGH Developments (Aberdeen) Limited which is registered to 50 Lothian Road, Festival Square, Edinburgh EH3 9BY.

*   The Company has provided a guarantee for each of these subsidiaries in order for them to take the exemption from the 

requirement of an audit, in line with the requirements of S.479A of the Companies Act 2006.

22 Related party transactions disclosures

 Balances and transactions between the Company and its subsidiaries, which are related parties, have been eliminated on 
consolidation. The balances are interest free, unsecured and repayable on demand.

Amounts due by the Company to subsidiaries per note 13

The Colonnades Limited

TR Property Finance Limited

New England Properties Limited

2022
£’000

22,619

13,270

(20)

35,869

2021
£’000

 22,619 

 20,281 

(20)

 42,880 

Remuneration of key management personnel
 The remuneration of the Directors, who are the key management personnel of the Company for each of the relevant 
categories specified in IAS 24: Related Party Disclosures is provided in the audited part of the Directors' Remuneration 
Report on page 57. 

Directors’ transactions
 Transactions in shares by Directors are considered to be a related party transaction due to the nature of their  
role as Directors. 

  Movements in directors’ shareholdings are disclosed within the Directors’ Remuneration Report on page 58.

100

TR Property Investment Trust 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Glossary 
and AIFMD 
disclosure

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

l

G
o
s
s
a
r
y
a
n
d
a
i
f

i

m
d
d
s
c
o
s
u
r
e

l

N
o
t
i
c
e
o
f
A
G
M

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

101

Annual Report & Accounts 2022OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsGlossary and AIFMD disclosureNotice of AGMShareholder information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Glossary and AIFMD disclosure

1.0 Alternative Performance Measures
Alternative Performance Measures are numerical 
measures of the Company’s current or historical 
performance, financial position or cash flows, other 
than the financial measures defined or specified in the 
Financial Statements.

The measures defined below are considered to be 
Alternative Performance Measures. They are viewed as 
particularly relevant and are frequently quoted for closed 
ended investment companies.

Total Return
The NAV Total Return is calculated by reinvesting the 
dividends in the assets of the Company from the relevant 
ex-dividend date. Dividends are deemed to be reinvested 
on the ex-dividend date as this is the protocol used 
by the Company’s benchmark and other indices. The 
Share Price Total Return is calculated by reinvesting the 
dividends in the shares of the Company from the relevant 
ex-dividend date.

Year to 
31 March 
2022

NAV/share price per share at  
31 March 2021 (pence)
NAV/share price per share at  
31 March 2022 (pence)

Change in year

Impact of dividends reinvested

Total Return for the year

Year to 
31 March 
2021

NAV/share price per share at  
31 March 2020 (pence)
NAV/share price per share at  
31 March 2021 (pence)

Change in year

Impact of dividends reinvested

NAV

Share 
Price

417.97

392.50

492.43

456.50

17.8%

16.3%

3.6%

3.6%

21.4%

19.9%

NAV

Share 
Price

358.11

317.5

417.97

16.7%

4.0%

392.5

23.6%

4.7%

Total Return for the year

20.7%

28.3%

102

Ongoing Charges
The Ongoing Charges ratio has been calculated in 
accordance with the guidance issued by the AIC as the 
total of investment management fees and administrative 
expenses expressed as a percentage of the average 
Net Asset Values throughout the year. The definition of 
administrative expenses does include property related 
expenses, the Ongoing Charges calculation is shown
inclusive and exclusive of these expenses to allow 
omparison of the direct administrative and management 
charges with the majority of Investment Trusts which do 
not hold any direct property investments.

Year to 
31 March 
2022

Management  
Fee (note 5)
Other 
Administrative 
expenses 
(note 6)
Property 
Costs
Less: Non 
recurring 
expenses

Average Net 
Assets
Ongoing 
Charge 2022

Year to 
31 March 
2021

Management  
Fee (note 5)
Other 
Administrative 
expenses 
(note 6)
Property 
Costs
Less: Non 
recurring 
expenses

Average Net 
Assets
Ongoing 
Charge 2021

Including 
Performance
Fees 
£’000

Excluding
Performance 
Fees 
£’000

Excluding 
Performance 
Fees & Direct 
Property Costs
£'000

31,140

6,651

6,651

2,220

2,220

2,220

332

332

33,692

9,203

8,871

1,536,825

1,536,825

1,536,825

2.19%

0.60%  

0.58%

Including 
Performance
Fees 
£’000

Including 
Performance
Fees 
£’000

Excluding 
Performance 
Fees & Direct 
Property Costs
£'000

15,884

6,225

6,225

1,835

1,835

1,835

270

270

-

-

-

-

17,989

8,330

8,060

1,283,051

1,283,051

1,283,051

1.40%

0.65%

0.63%

TR Property Investment Trust 
 
Net Debt
Net debt is the total value of loan notes, loans (including 
notional exposure to CFDs and TRSs) less cash as a 
proportion of net asset value.

The net gearing has been calculated as follows:

Loan notes

Loans

Group 
2022 
£’000

Group 
2021 
£’000

57,253

57,593

35,000

95,000

CFD positions (notional exposure)

144,642

146,001

Less: Cash
Less: Cash collateral (included within 
‘Other debtors’ in Note 12)

(32,109)

(29,114)

(45,133)

(50,913)

159,653

218,567

Equity shareholders’ funds

1,562,739 1,326,433

Net gearing

10.2%

16.5%

The Ongoing charges ratio provided in the Company’s 
Key Information Document is calculated in line with 
the PRIIPs regulations which is different to the AIC 
methodology above.

Compound Annual Dividend Growth
This is calculated by taking the final dividend in the 
time series, divided by the initial dividend in the period, 
raised to the power of 1 divided by the number of years  
in the series.

Average Discount
The sum of each daily discount ( the discount of the 
closing share price to the published AIC NAV with 
income) divided by the number of days in the given  
time period.

Key Performance Indicators
The Board assesses the performance of the Manager 
in meeting the Trust’s objective against a number of 
Key Performance Indicators, these are considered to 
be Alternative Performance Measures. Details of these 
calculations are set out above.

2.0 Glossary of terms and  
definitions AIFMD
The Alternative Fund Managers Directive is European 
legislation which created a European wide framework 
for regulating the managers of “alternative investment 
funds” (AIFs). It is designed to regulate any fund which  
is not a UCITS (Undertakings for Collective Investment  
in Transferable Securities) fund and which is managed  
or marketed in the EU.

AIC
The Association of Investment Companies –  
the AIC is the representative body for closed-ended 
investment companies.

Alternative Performance Measure
A financial measure of financial performance or financial 
position other than a financial measure defined or 
specified in the accounting statements.

Discount
The amount by which the market price of a share of an
investment trust is lower than the Net Asset Value per 
share expressed as a percentage of the NAV per share.

Key Information Document
Under the PRIIPs Regulations a short, consumer friendly 
Key Information Document is required setting out the 
key features, risks, rewards and costs of the PRIIP and 
is intended to assist investors to better understand the 
Trust and make comparisons between Trusts. 

The document includes estimates of investment 
performance under a number of scenarios. These 
calculations are prescribed by the regulation and are 
based purely on recent historical data. It is important  
for investors to note that there is no judgement applied 
and these do not in any way reflect the Board or
Manager’s views.

Key Performance Indicator ('KPI')
A KPI is a quantifiable measure that evaluates how 
successful the trust is in meeting its objectives. The 
Trust’s KPIs are discussed on pages 24 and 25.

MiFID
The Markets in Financial Instruments Directive is the EU
legislation that regulates firms who provide services to 
clients linked to “financial instruments” (shares, bonds, 
units in collective investment schemes and derivatives) 
and the venues where those instruments are traded.

Net Asset Value (NAV) per share
The value of total assets less liabilities (including 
borrowings) divided by the number of shares in issue. 

103

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

l

G
o
s
s
a
r
y
a
n
d
a
i
f

i

m
d
d
s
c
o
s
u
r
e

l

N
o
t
i
c
e
o
f
A
G
M

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Annual Report & Accounts 2022OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsGlossary and AIFMD disclosureNotice of AGMShareholder information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Glossary and AIFMD disclosure
continued

3.0 Alternative investment fund managers 
directive ('AIFMD')
In accordance with the AIFMD, information in relation 
to the Company’s leverage and remuneration of the 
Company’s AIFM, F&C Investment Business Limited, 
is required to be made available to investors. Detailed 
regulatory disclosures including those on the AIFM’s 
remuneration policy are available on the F&C website 
or from F&C on request. The numerical remuneration 
disclosures in relation to the AIFM’s first relevant 
accounting period will be made available in due course.

Leverage
Under the AIFM Directive, it is necessary for AIFs  
to disclose their leverage in accordance with  
prescribed calculations. 

Although leverage is often used as another term for 
gearing, under the AIFMD leverage is specifically defined. 
Two types of leverage calculations are defined; the gross 
and commitment methods. These methods summarily 
express leverage as a ratio of the exposure of the AIF 
against its net asset value. ‘Exposure’ typically includes 
debt, the value of any physical properties subject to 
mortgage, non-Sterling currency, equity or currency 
hedging at absolute notional values (even those held 
purely for risk reduction purposes, such as forward 
foreign exchange contracts held for currency hedging) 
and derivative exposure (converted into the equivalent 
underlying positions). The commitment method nets 
off derivative instruments, while the gross method 
aggregates them. 

The table below sets out the current maximum permitted 
limit and the actual level of leverage for the Company as 
at 31 March 2022:

Leverage exposure

Maximum permitted limit

Actual

Gross 
method

Commitment 
method

200%

136%

200%

128%

The leverage limits are set by the AIFM and approved 
by the Board and are in line with the limits set out in the 
Company’s Articles of Association.

This should not be confused with the gearing set out 
in the Financial Highlights which is calculated under 
the traditional method set out by the Association of 
Investment Companies. The AIFM is also required to 
comply with the gearing parameters set by the Board in 
relation to borrowings.

104

TR Property Investment TrustNotice of AGM

105

Annual Report & Accounts 2022OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsGlossary and AIFMD disclosureNotice of AGMShareholder informationNotice of Annual General Meeting

This notice is important and requires your 
immediate attention
If you are in any doubt as to the action you should take 
you should seek your own advice from a stockbroker, 
solicitor, accountant or other independent professional 
adviser who is authorised under the Financial Services 
and Markets Act 2000 if you are resident in the 
United Kingdom, or if not, from another appropriately 
authorised independent financial adviser.

If you have sold or otherwise transferred all of your 
shares, please pass this document, together with 
the accompanying documents to the purchaser, or 
transferee, or to the person who arranged the sale 
or transfer so they can pass these documents to the 
person who now holds the shares.

Notice is hereby given that the Annual General Meeting 
of TR Property Investment Trust plc (the ‘Company’) will 
be held at the Royal Automobile Club, 89/91 Pall Mall, 
London SW1Y 5HS on Tuesday 26 July 2022 at 2.30pm 
for the purpose of transacting the following business:

To consider and, if thought fit, pass the following 
Resolutions, of which Resolutions 1 to 10 will be 
proposed as Ordinary Resolutions and Resolutions 11 
and 12 shall be proposed as Special Resolutions:

1   

 To receive the Report of the Directors and the 
Audited Accounts for the year ended 31 March 2022.

2   

 To approve the Directors’ Remuneration Report 
(other than the part containing the Directors’ 
Remuneration Policy) for the year ended 31 March 
2022.

3    To declare a final dividend of 9.20p per Ordinary share.

4    To re-elect Kate Bolsover as a Director.

5    To re-elect Sarah-Jane Curtis as a Director.

6    To re-elect Tim Gillbanks as a Director.

7    To re-elect David Watson as a Director.

8   

 To re-appoint KPMG LLP (the ‘Auditor’) as Auditor of 
the Company to hold office until the conclusion of the 
next Annual General Meeting of the Company.

9    

 To authorise the Directors to determine the 
remuneration of the Auditor.

106

Special business
Ordinary resolution
10   THAT, in substitution for all such existing authorities, 

the Directors be generally and unconditionally 
authorised pursuant to and in accordance with 
Section 551 of the Companies Act 2006 (the ‘Act’) 
to exercise all the powers of the Company to allot 
shares in the Company and to grant rights to 
subscribe for, or to convert any security into, shares 
in the Company up to a nominal value of £26,181,455 
(being approximately 33% of the total issued share 
capital of the Company as at the latest practicable 
date prior to publication of this Notice) provided 
that this authority shall expire at the date of the next 
Annual General Meeting of the Company (or, if earlier, 
at the close of business on 25 October 2023), save 
that the Company shall be entitled to make offers or 
agreements before the expiry of this authority which 
would or might require shares to be allotted or rights 
to be granted after such expiry and the Directors shall 
be entitled to allot shares and grant rights pursuant 
to any such offers or agreements as if this authority 
had not expired.

Special resolutions
11   THAT in substitution for all such existing authorities 
and subject to the passing of Resolution 10 set 
out above) the Directors be empowered pursuant 
to Section 570 and Section 573 of the Act to allot 
equity securities (as defined in Section 560 of the 
Act) for cash pursuant to the authority conferred by 
Resolution 10 above and/or to sell shares held by the 
Company as treasury shares for cash as if Section 
561 of the Act did not apply to any such allotment or 
sale, provided that this power shall be limited:

  (a)   to the allotment of equity securities and sale  
of treasury shares for cash in connection with 
an offer of, or invitation to apply for, equity 
securities:

 (i) 

 to shareholders in proportion (as nearly 
as may be practicable) to their existing 
holdings; and

(ii) 

 to holders of other equity securities, as 
required by the rights of those securities, or 
as the Board otherwise considers necessary.

 So that the Board may impose any limits or 
restrictions and make any arrangements 
which it considers necessary or appropriate 
to deal with treasury shares, fractional 
entitlements, record dates, legal, regulatory 
or practical problems in, or under the laws of, 
any territory or any other matter; and 

TR Property Investment Trust 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  (b)   in the case of the authority granted under 

  (c)   the minimum price (exclusive of expenses) which 

may be paid for an Ordinary share shall be 25p, 
being the nominal value per Ordinary share; 

 The authority hereby conferred shall expire at  
the conclusion of the Annual General Meeting  
of the Company in 2023 (or, if earlier, at the close 
of business on 25 October 2023), save that the 
Company shall be entitled to enter into a contract 
to purchase Ordinary shares which will, or may, be 
completed or executed wholly or partly after the 
power expires and the Company may purchase 
Ordinary shares pursuant to such contract as if the 
power conferred hereby had  
not expired.

By Order of the Board
For and on behalf of
BMO Investment Business Limited
Company Secretary
20 June 2022

Registered Office:
Company registered in England and Wales. 
Company number: 84492 
13 Woodstock Street
London W1C 2AG 

Resolution 10 and/or in the case of any sale 
of treasury shares for cash, to the allotment 
(otherwise than under paragraph (i) above) 
of equity securities or sale of treasury shares 
up to a nominal amount of £3,966,887 (being 
approximately 5% of the total issued share 
capital of the Company as at the latest 
practicable date prior to publication of the  
notice of meeting),

 The power given by this resolution shall expire upon 
the expiry of the authority conferred by Resolution 
10 above, save that the Company shall be entitled to 
make offers or agreements before the expiry of such 
power which would or might require equity securities 
to be allotted after such expiry and the Directors shall 
be entitled to allot equity securities pursuant to any 
such offer or agreement as if the power conferred 
hereby had not expired.

12   THAT the Company be and is hereby generally and 
unconditionally authorised in accordance with 
Section 701 of the Act to make one or more market 
purchases (within the meaning of Section 693(4) of 
the Act) of Ordinary shares of 25p each in the capital 
of the Company on such terms and in such manner 
as the Directors may from time to time determine 
provided that:

  (a)   the maximum number of Ordinary shares hereby 

authorised to be purchased shall be 14.99% of 
the Company’s Ordinary shares in issue at the 
date of the Annual General Meeting (equivalent  
to 47,570,911 Ordinary shares of 25p each at  
13 June 2022, the latest practicable date prior  
to publication of this Notice);

  (b)   the maximum price (exclusive of expenses) 

which may be paid for any such share shall not 
be more than the higher of: 

(i) 

 105% of the average of the middle market 
quotations for an Ordinary share as taken 
from the London Stock Exchange Daily 
Official List for the five business days 
immediately preceding the date on which 
the Company agrees to buy the shares 
concerned; and

(ii) 

 the higher of the price of the last 
independent trade and the highest current 
independent bid for an Ordinary share in the 
Company on the trading venue where the 
purchase is carried out at the relevant  
time; and

107

Annual Report & Accounts 2022OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsGlossary and AIFMD disclosureNotice of AGMShareholder information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notice of Annual General Meeting
continued

Notes
Whilst COVID-19 restrictions have been lifted as 
at the date of this Notice of AGM and it is currently 
anticipated that shareholders will be permitted to 
attend and vote in person at the meeting, the COVID-19 
situation continues to evolve and the UK Government 
may introduce new restrictions or implement measures 
relating to the holding of shareholder meetings which 
may mean this is no longer possible.  Therefore, 
shareholders are encouraged to appoint the Chairman 
of the meeting as their proxy for the AGM.  If any 
other person is appointed as proxy and COVID-19 
restrictions are introduced which affect the holding of 
the meeting, that proxy may not be permitted to attend 
the AGM.  Any changes to the arrangements for the 
AGM will be communicated to shareholders prior to the 
meeting, including through the Company's website, at 
www.trproperty.com and by announcement through a 
regulatory information service.

Shareholders intending to attend the AGM are  
asked to register their intention as soon as practicable 
by email to the following dedicated address: 
trpitagm@bmogam.com.

Shareholders who are not able or do not wish to attend 
the meeting in person will be able to watch a live 
webcast of the meeting. This will include the formal 
business of the meeting, the Manager’s presentation 
and questions and answers. The webcast will not 
enable shareholders to participate in the meeting or  
to vote. However, shareholders will be invited to  
submit questions through our website, by 12.00 noon 
on 22 July 2022. Questions of a very similar nature  
may be grouped together to ensure the orderly running 
of the AGM.

1    

 A member entitled to attend and vote at the meeting 
convened by the above Notice is entitled to appoint 
one or more proxies to exercise all or any of the 
rights of the member to attend, speak and vote in his 
or her place.

 Shareholders are strongly encouraged to appoint the 
Chairman of the meeting as their proxy, rather than 
any other named person who may not be permitted to 
attend the AGM in the event of restrictions or limits on 
attendance. A proxy need not be a shareholder of the 
Company. To appoint more than one proxy, the proxy 
form should be photocopied and the name of the 
proxy to be appointed indicated on each proxy form 
together with the number of shares that such proxy is 
appointed in respect of. Completion and submission 
of a proxy instruction will not preclude a member from 
attending and voting in person at the AGM (subject to 
any restrictions on physical attendance).

108

 To be valid any proxy form or other instrument 
appointing a proxy must be returned by post, by 
courier or by hand to the Company’s Registrars, 
Computershare Investor Services PLC, The 
Pavilions, Bridgwater Road, Bristol BS99 6ZY, or 
alternatively, by going to www.eproxyappointment.
com and following the instructions provided. All 
proxies must be appointed by no later than 48 
hours before the time of the AGM. In the case of 
joint holders, where more than one of the joint 
holders purports to appoint a proxy, only the 
appointment submitted by the most senior holder 
will be accepted. Seniority is determined by the 
order in which the names of the joint holders 
appear in the Company's Register of members in 
respect of the joint holding (the first named being 
deemed the most senior).

2    

 In order to be able to attend and vote at the AGM or 
any adjourned meeting (and also for the purpose of 
calculating how many votes a person may cast),  
a person must have his or her name entered on the 
Register of Members of the Company by 2.30 pm on 
22 July 2022 (or 6.00 pm on the date two business 
days before any adjourned meeting). Changes to 
entries on the Register of Members after this time 
shall be disregarded in determining the rights of any 
person to attend or vote at the meeting.

3   

 Voting will be conducted on a poll at the Meeting.  
On a poll vote every shareholder will through their  
proxy have one vote for every Ordinary share of  
which he or she is the holder.

 Shareholders should note that it is possible that, 
pursuant to requests made by shareholders of the 
Company under Section 527 of the Companies Act 
2006, the Company may be required to publish on a 
website a statement setting out any matter relating 
to: (i) the audit of the Company’s accounts (including 
the Auditor's Report and the conduct of the audit) that 
are to be laid before the AGM; or (ii) any circumstance 
connected with an auditor of the Company ceasing 
to hold office since the previous meeting at which 
annual accounts and reports were laid in accordance 
with Section 437 of the Act. The Company may 
not require the shareholders requesting any such 
website publication to pay its expenses in complying 
with Sections 527 or 528 of the of the Act. Where 
the Company is required to place a statement on a 
website under Section 527 of the Act, it must forward 
the statement to the Company’s auditor not later than 
the time when it makes the statement available on the 
website. The business which may be dealt with at the 
AGM includes any statement that the Company has 
been required under Section 527 of the Act to publish 
on a website.

TR Property Investment Trust 
 
 
 
 
 
4   

5   

6   

 Any corporation which is a member of the 
Company can appoint one or more corporate 
representatives who may exercise on its behalf all 
of its powers as a member provided that they do 
not do so in relation to the same shares.

 The right to appoint a proxy does not apply to 
persons whose shares are held on their behalf by 
another person and who have been nominated 
to receive communication from the Company 
in accordance with Section 146 of the Act 
('Nominated Persons'). Nominated Persons may 
have a right under an agreement with the registered 
shareholder who holds shares on their behalf to be 
appointed (or to have someone else appointed) as 
a proxy. Alternatively, if nominated persons do not 
have such a right, or do not wish to exercise it, they 
may have a right under such an agreement to give 
instructions to the person holding the shares as to 
the exercise of voting rights.

 CREST members who wish to appoint a proxy 
or proxies through the CREST electronic proxy 
appointment service may do so for the AGM to 
be held on 26 July 2022 and any adjournment(s) 
thereof by using the procedures described in the 
CREST Manual. CREST personal members or other 
CREST sponsored members, and those CREST 
members who have appointed a voting service 
provider should refer to their CREST sponsors 
or voting service provider(s), who will be able to 
take the appropriate action on their behalf. In 
order for a proxy appointment or instruction made 
by means of CREST to be valid, the appropriate 
CREST message (a ‘CREST Proxy Instruction’) 
must be properly authenticated in accordance with 
Euroclear UK & Ireland Limited’s specifications and 
must contain the information required for such 
instructions, as described in the CREST Manual. 
The message must be transmitted so as to be 
received by the Company’s agent, Computershare 
Investor Services PLC (CREST Participant ID: 
3RA50), no later than 48 hours before the time 
appointed for the meeting. For this purpose, the 
time of receipt will be taken to be the time (as 
determined by the time stamp applied to the 
message by the CREST Application Host) from 
which the Company’s agent is able to retrieve 
the message by enquiry to CREST in the manner 
prescribed by CREST.

 CREST members and, where applicable, their 
CREST sponsor or voting service provider should 
note that Euroclear UK & Ireland Limited does not 
make available special procedures in CREST for 
any particular messages.

 Normal system timings and limitations will therefore 
apply in relation to the input of CREST Proxy 
Instructions. It is the responsibility of the CREST 
member concerned to take (or, if the CREST member 
is a CREST personal member or sponsored member 
or has appointed a voting service provider, to procure 
that his or her CREST sponsor or voting service 
provider takes) such action as shall be necessary 
to ensure that a message is transmitted by means 
of the CREST system by any particular time. In this 
connection, CREST members and, where applicable, 
their CREST sponsor or voting service provider 
are referred in particular to those sections of the 
CREST Manual concerning practical limitations of 
the CREST system and timings. The Company may 
treat as invalid a CREST Proxy Instruction in the 
circumstances set out in Regulation 35(5)(a) of the 
Uncertificated Securities Regulations 2001.

7   

 Any member attending the meeting (subject to any 
restrictions in place at the time of the meeting) has the 
right to ask questions. The Company must cause to be 
answered any such question relating to the business 
being dealt with at the meeting but no such answer need 
be given if: (a) to do so would interfere unduly with the 
preparation for the meeting or involve the disclosure 
of confidential information; (b) the answer has already 
been given on a website in the form of an answer to a 
question; or (c) it is undesirable in the interests of the 
Company or the good order of the meeting that the 
question be answered. Questions of a very similar nature 
may be grouped together to ensure the orderly running of 
the AGM.

8   

 A copy of this notice, and other information required  
by section 311A of the Act, can be found at  
www.trproperty.com.

109

Annual Report & Accounts 2022OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsGlossary and AIFMD disclosureNotice of AGMShareholder information 
 
 
 
Notice of Annual General Meeting
continued

9   

 Members satisfying the thresholds in section 338 
of the Act may require the Company to give, to 
members of the Company entitled to receive notice 
of the AGM, notice of a resolution which those 
members intend to move (and which may properly 
be moved) at the AGM. A resolution may properly be 
moved at the AGM unless:

  (i) 

 it would, if passed, be ineffective (whether by 
reason of any inconsistency with any enactment 
or the Company’s constitution or otherwise); 

13   The terms of reference of the Audit Committee, 
the Management Engagement Committee, the 
Nomination Committee and the Directors’ Letters  
of Appointment will be available for inspection  
for at least 15 minutes prior to and during the 
Company’s AGM.

14   You may not use any electronic address provided 
either in this Notice or any related documents to 
communicate for any purposes other than those 
expressly stated.

  (ii)    it is defamatory of any person; or 

15   The Company may process personal data of 

attendees at the Annual General Meeting. This may 
include webcasts, photos, recording and audio and 
video links, as well as other forms of personal data. 
The Company shall process such personal data in 
accordance with its privacy policy, which can found 
at www.trproperty.com/legal.

  (iii)   it is frivolous or vexatious. 

 A request made pursuant to this right may be in hard 
copy or electronic form, must identify the resolution of 
which notice is to be given, must be authenticated by 
the person(s) making it and must be received by the 
Company not later than six weeks before the date of 
the AGM.

10   Members satisfying the thresholds in section 338A 

of the Act may request the Company to include in 
the business to be dealt with at the AGM any matter 
(other than a proposed resolution) which may 
properly be included in the business at the AGM.  
A matter may properly be included in the business  
at the AGM unless: 

  (i) 

 it is defamatory of any person; or 

  (ii)  it is frivolous or vexatious.

 A request made pursuant to this right may be in hard 
copy or electronic form, must identify the matter to 
be included in the business, must be accompanied 
by a statement setting out the grounds for the 
request, must be authenticated by the person(s) 
making it and must be received by the Company not 
later than six weeks before the date of the AGM.

11   Biographical details of the Directors are shown on 
pages 40 and 41 of this Annual Report & Accounts.

12   As at 13 June 2022 (being the latest practicable day 
prior to publication of this Notice), the issued share 
capital of the Company was 317,350,980 Ordinary 
shares of 25p each. No ordinary shares were held  
in treasury.

 Therefore, the total number of voting rights in the 
Company at 13 June 2022 was 317,350,980.

110

TR Property Investment Trust 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Explanation of Notice of Annual General Meeting

Resolutions 1, 2, and 3: Accounts, 
Directors’ remuneration report  
and dividend
These are the resolutions which deal with the 
presentation of the audited accounts, the approval 
of the Directors’ Remuneration Report and the 
declaration of the final dividend.

The vote to approve the Remuneration Report is 
advisory only and will not require the Company to 
alter any arrangements detailed in the report should 
the resolution not be passed.

The Board is proposing a final dividend for the year 
ended 31 March 2022 of 9.20p per Ordinary share. 
If approved at the AGM, the Company will pay the 
dividend on 2 August 2022 to those shareholders on 
the Company’s Register of members at the close  
of business on 24 June 2022.

Resolutions 4 to 7: Re-election  
of Directors
These resolutions deal with the re-election of Kate 
Bolsover, Sarah-Jane Curtis, Tim Gillbanks and 
David Watson. In accordance with the UK Corporate 
Governance Code, all Directors retire on an annual 
basis and have confirmed that they will offer 
themselves for re-election.

A performance evaluation has been completed and 
your Board has determined that each of the Directors 
continues to be effective and demonstrates their 
commitment to their role.

Their biographical details, which are set out on 
pages 40 and 41, demonstrate that the Board 
has the appropriate balance of skills, experience, 
independence and knowledge to lead the Company. 
Accordingly, the Board unanimously recommends 
their re-election.

Resolutions 8 and 9: Auditor
These deal with the reappointment of the Auditor, 
KPMG LLP, and the authorisation for the Directors to 
determine their remuneration.

Resolution 10: Allotment of share capital
Our Board considers it appropriate that an authority 
be granted to allot shares in the capital of the 
Company up to a maximum nominal amount of 
£26,181,445 is stated in the resolution (representing 
approximately one third of the Company’s issued 
share capital as at 13 June 2022, being the latest 
practical date prior to publication of this Notice of the 
meeting). As at the date of this notice the Company 
does not hold any shares in treasury.

The Directors have no present intention of exercising 
this authority and would only expect to use the 
authority if shares could be issued at, or at a 
premium to, the Net Asset Value per share.

This authority will expire at the earlier of close of 
business on 25 October 2023 and the conclusion of 
the Annual General Meeting of the Company to be 
held in 2023.

Resolution 11: Disapplication  
of statutory pre-emption rights
This resolution would give the Directors the authority 
to allot shares (or sell any shares which the Company 
elects to hold in treasury) for cash without first 
offering them to existing shareholders in proportion 
to their existing shareholdings.

This authority would be limited to allotments or sales 
in connection with pre-emptive offers and offers to 
holders of other equity securities if required by the 
rights of those shares or as the board otherwise 
considers necessary, or otherwise up to an aggregate 
nominal amount of £3,966,887. This aggregate 
nominal amount represents 5% of the total issued 
share capital of the Company as at 13 June 2022, 
the latest practicable date prior to publication of this 
Notice. In respect of this aggregate nominal amount, 
the Directors confirm their intention to follow the 
provisions of the Pre-Emption Group’s Statement of 
'Principles' regarding cumulative usage of authorities 
within a rolling 3-year period where the Principles 
provide that usage in excess of 7.5% should not take 
place without prior consultation with shareholders.

The authority will expire at the earlier of close of 
business on 25 October 2023 and the conclusion of 
the Annual General Meeting of the Company to be 
held in 2023.

111

Annual Report & Accounts 2022OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsGlossary and AIFMD disclosureNotice of AGMShareholder informationThe minimum price to be paid will be 25p per 
Ordinary share (being the nominal value). The Listing 
Rules also limit a listed company to purchases of 
shares representing up to 15% of its issued share 
capital in the market pursuant to a general authority 
such as this. For this reason, the Company is limiting 
its authority to make such purchases to 14.99% of 
the Company’s Ordinary shares in issue at the date 
of the AGM; this is equivalent to 47,570,911 Ordinary 
shares of 25p each (nominal value £11,892,727) at 
13 June 2022, the latest practicable date prior to 
publication this Notice. The authority will last until 
the Annual General Meeting of the Company to be 
held in 2023 or, if earlier, at the close of business on 
25 October 2023.

Recommendation
Your Board believes that the resolutions contained 
in this Notice of Annual General Meeting are in the 
best interests of the Company and shareholders as 
a whole and recommends that you vote in favour of 
them as your Directors intend to do in respect of their 
own beneficial shareholdings. 

Explanation of Notice of Annual General Meeting
continued

Resolution 12: Authority to make  
market purchases of the Company’s 
Ordinary shares
At the AGM held in 2021, a special resolution was 
passed which gave the Directors authority, until the 
conclusion of the AGM in 2022, to make market 
purchases of the Company’s own issued shares up to a 
maximum of 14.99% of the issued share capital.

Your Board is proposing that they should be given 
renewed authority to purchase the Company’s Ordinary 
shares in the market. Your Board believes that to make 
such purchases in the market at appropriate times and 
prices is a suitable method of enhancing shareholder 
value. The Company would, within guidelines set 
from time to time by the Board, make either a single 
purchase or a series of purchases, when market 
conditions are suitable, with the aim of maximising the 
benefits to shareholders.

Where purchases are made at prices below the 
prevailing Net Asset Value per share, this will enhance 
the Net Asset Value for the remaining shareholders. 
Therefore purchases would only be made at prices 
below Net Asset Value. Your Board considers that it 
will be most advantageous to shareholders for the 
Company to be able to make such purchases as and 
when it considers the timing to be favourable and 
therefore does not propose to set a timetable for 
making any such purchases.

The Companies (Acquisition of Own Shares) (Treasury 
Shares) Regulations 2003 enable companies in the 
United Kingdom to hold in treasury any of their own 
shares they have purchased with a view to possible 
resale at a future date, rather than cancelling them. If 
the Company does re-purchase any of its shares, the 
Directors do not currently intend to hold any of the 
shares re-purchased in treasury. The shares so re-
purchased will continue to be cancelled.

The Listing Rules of the Financial Conduct Authority 
limit the maximum price (exclusive of expenses) which 
may be paid for any such share. It shall not be more 
than the higher of:

(i)  

 105% of the average of the middle market 
quotations for an Ordinary share as taken from 
the London Stock Exchange Daily Official List for 
the five business days immediately preceding the 
date on which the Company agrees to buy shares 
concerned; and

(ii)   the higher of the price of the last independent 

trade and the highest current independent bid for 
an Ordinary share in the Company on the trading 
venue where the purchase is carried out.

112

TR Property Investment TrustShareholder 
information

113

Annual Report & Accounts 2022OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsGlossary and AIFMD disclosureNotice of AGMShareholder informationDirectors and other information

Directors
D Watson (Chairman)
K Bolsover
S-J Curtis
T Gillbanks 
S Marrison

Registered office
13 Woodstock Street 
London 
W1C 2AG

Registered number
Registered as an investment company in 
England and Wales No. 84492

AIFM and Company Secretary
BMO Investment Business Limited 
Exchange House
Primrose Street 
London 
EC2A 2NY

Portfolio Manager
Thames River Capital LLP, authorised 
and regulated by the Financial Conduct 
Authority
13 Woodstock Street
London 
W1C 2AG 
Telephone: 020 7011 4100

Fund Manager
M A Phayre-Mudge MRICS

Finance Manager and  
Investor Relations
J L Elliott ACA

Deputy Fund Manager
A Lhonneur

Direct Property Manager
G P Gay MRICS

114

Registrar
Computershare Investor Services PLC  
The Pavilions, Bridgwater Road  
Bristol 
BS99 6ZY
Telephone: 0370 707 1355

Shareholders who hold their shares in 
certificated form can check their holdings 
with the Registrar, Computershare Investor 
Services PLC, via www.investorcentre.
co.uk. Please note that to gain access to 
your details on the Computershare site 
you will need the holder reference number 
stated on the top left hand corner of your 
share certificate.

Auditor
KPMG LLP
15 Canada Square 
London 
E14 SGL

Stockbrokers
Panmure Gordon (UK) Limited, 
One New Change
London 
EC4M 9AF

Stifel Nicolaus Europe Limited 
150 Cheapside
London 
EC2V 6ET

Solicitors
Slaughter and May 
One Bunhill Row 
London 
EC1Y 8YY

Depositary, custodian and fund 
administrator
BNP Paribas Securities Services  
10 Harewood Avenue
London 
NW1 6AA

Website
www.trproperty.com

Tax advisers
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
Central Square, South Orchard Street
Newcastle upon Tyne 
NE1 3AZ

TR Property Investment Trust 
General Shareholder information

Benchmark
Details of the benchmark are given in the Strategic 
Report on page 22 of this Report and Accounts.  
The benchmark index is published daily and can  
be found on Bloomberg;

FTSE EPRA/NAREIT Developed Europe Capped Net Total 
Return Index in Sterling
Bloomberg: TR0RAG Index

Disability Act
Copies of this Report and Accounts and other 
documents issued by the Company are available from 
the Company Secretary. If needed, copies can be made 
available in a variety of formats, including Braille, audio 
tape or larger type as appropriate.

You can contact the Registrar, Computershare Investor 
Services PLC, which has installed textphones to allow 
speech and hearing impaired people who have their own 
textphone to contact them directly, without the need 
for an intermediate operator, by dialling 0870 702 0005. 
Specially trained operators are available during normal 
business hours to answer queries via this service.
Alternatively, if you prefer to go through a ‘typetalk’ 
operator (provided by the Royal National Institute for 
Deaf People) you should dial 18001 followed by the 
number you wish to dial.

Announcement of results
The half year results are announced in late November. 

The full year results are announced in early June.

Annual general meeting
The AGM is held in London in July.

Dividend payment dates
Dividends are usually paid on the Ordinary shares  
as follows:

Interim: January 
Final: August

Dividend payments
Dividends can be paid to shareholders by means of 
BACS (Bankers’ Automated Clearing Services); mandate 
forms for this purpose are available from the Registrar. 
Alternatively, shareholders can write to the Registrar 
(the address is given on page 114 of this report) to give 
their instructions; these must include the bank account 
number, the bank account title and the sort code of the 
bank to which payments are to be made.

Dividend re-investment plan (‘DRIP’)
TR Property Investment Trust plc offers shareholders 
the opportunity to purchase further shares in the 
Company through the DRIP. Please note that following 
Brexit shareholders in Europe are no longer able to 
participate in the DRIP. DRIP forms may be obtained 
from Computershare Investor Services PLC through their 
secure website www.investorcentre.co.uk, or on 0370 
707 1694. Charges apply; dealing commission of 0.75% 
(subject to a minimum of £2.50). Government stamp 
duty of 0.5% also applies.

Share price listings
The estimated Net Asset Value and market price of the 
Company’s Ordinary shares, as well as the discount/
premium, are published daily  in The Financial Times. 
They can also be found on the Company’s website at 
www.trproperty.com

Share price information
ISIN GB0009064097 
SEDOL 0906409
Bloomberg 
TRY.LN Reuters 
TRY.L 
Datastream TRY

115

Annual Report & Accounts 2022OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsGlossary and AIFMD disclosureNotice of AGMShareholder informationGeneral Shareholder information
continued

Nominee share code
Where notification has been provided in advance, 
the Company will arrange for copies of shareholder 
communications to be provided to the operators of 
nominee accounts. Nominee investors may attend 
general meetings and speak at meetings when 
invited to do so by the Chairman.

CGT base cost
Taxation of capital gains for shareholders who 
formerly held Sigma shares
Upon a disposal of all or part of a shareholder’s 
holding of Ordinary shares, the impact on the 
shareholder’s capital gains tax base cost of the 
conversion to Sig-ma shares in 2007 and the 
redesignation to Ordinary shares in 2012 should  
be considered.

In respect of the conversion to Sigma in 2007, 
agreement was reached with HM Revenue & 
Customs (‘HMRC’) to base the apportionment of 
the capital gains tax base cost on the proportion 
of Ordinary shares that were converted by a 
shareholder into Sigma shares on 25 July 2007.

Therefore, if an Ordinary shareholder converted 20% 
of their existing Ordinary shares into Sigma shares 
on 25 July 2007, the capital gains tax base cost of 
the new Sigma shares acquired would be equal to 
20% of the original capital gains tax base cost of 
the Ordinary shares that they held pre-conversion. 
The base cost of their remaining holding of Ordinary 
shares would then be 80% of the original capital 
gains tax base cost of their Ordinary shares held  
pre-conversion.

As part of the re-designation of the Sigma shares 
into Ordinary shares in December 2012, a further 
shareholder’s agreement was reached with HMRC 
that a shareholders capital gains tax base cost in 
their new Ordinary shares should be equivalent to 
their capital gains base cost in the pre-existing Sigma 
shares (i.e. their capital gains base cost under the 
existing agreement if applicable).

If in doubt as to the consequences of this agreement 
with HMRC, shareholders should consult with their 
own professional advisors.

116

TR Property Investment TrustInvesting in TR Property Investment Trust plc

Market purchases
The shares of TR Property Investment Trust plc are  
listed and traded on the London Stock Exchange. 
Investors may purchase shares through their 
stockbroker, bank or other financial intermediary.

Holding shares in certificated form
Investors may hold their investment in certificated form. 
Our registrars, Computershare operate a dealing service 
which enables investors to buy and sell shares quickly 
and easily online without a broker or the need to open a 
trading account. Alternatively the Investor Centre allows 
investors to manage portfolios quickly and securely, 
update details and view balances without annual 
charges. Further details are available by contacting 
Computershare on 0370 707 1355 or visit 
www.computershare.com.

TR Property Investment Trust plc now offers 
shareholders the opportunity to purchase further shares 
in the company through the Dividend Re-investment 
Plan (‘DRIP’) through the registrar, Computershare. 
Shareholders can obtain further information on the DRIP 
through their secure website www.investorcentre.co.uk, 
or by phoning 0370 707 1694. Charges do apply. Please 
note that to gain access to your details or register for the 
DRIP on the Computershare site you will need the holder 
reference number stated on the top left hand corner of 
your share certificate.

Saving schemes, ISAs and other plans
A number of banks and wealth management 
organisations provide Savings Schemes and ISAs 
through which UK clients can invest in TR Property 
Investment Trust plc.

ISA and savings scheme providers do charge dealing 
and other fees for operating the accounts, and investors 
should read the Terms and Conditions provided by these 
companies and ensure that the charges best suit their 
planned investment profile. Most schemes carry annual 
charges but these vary between provider and product. 
Where dealing charges apply, in some cases these are 
applied as a percentage of funds invested and others as 
a flat charge. The optimum way to hold the shares will be 
different for each investor depending upon the frequency 
and size of investments to be made.

Details are given below of two providers offering  
shares in TR Property Investment Trust, but there  
are many other options.

Interactive investor ('ii')
Interactive investor provide and administer a range of 
self-select investment plans, including tax-advantaged 
ISAs and SIPPs (Self-Invested Personal Pension), and 
Trading Accounts. For more information, interactive 
investor can be contacted on 0345 607 6001, or by 
visiting www.ii.co.uk/

Interactive investor offer investors in TR Property and 
other investment trusts a free opt-in online shareholder 
voting and information service that enables investors to 
receive shareholder communications and, if they wish, to 
vote on the shareholdings held in their account.

TR Property is also on the interactive super 60 rated list.

BMO Asset Management Limited (‘BMO’)
BMO offer a number of Private Investor Plans, Investment 
Trust and Junior ISAs and Children’s Investment Plans. 
Investments can be made as lump sums or through 
regular savings. For more information see inside the back 
cover. BMO can be contacted on 0800 136 420, or visit 
www.bmogam.com.

Please remember that the value of your investments and 
any income from them may go down as well as up. Past 
performance is not a guide to future performance. You 
may not get back the amount that you invest. If you are in 
any doubt as to the suitability of a plan or any investment 
available within a plan, please take professional advice.

Saving Schemes and ISAs transferred from Alliance 
Trust Savings ('ATS') BNP Paribas
Following the acquisition of Alliance Trust Savings by 
interactive investor, ATS self-directed accounts were 
transferred to the interactive investor platform on 14th 
October 2019.

In 2012 BNP Paribas closed down the part of their 
business that operated Savings Schemes and ISAs. 
Investors were given the choice of transferring their 
schemes to Alliance Trust Savings (‘ATS’) or to a  
provider of their own choice, or to close their accounts 
and sell the holdings.

If investors did not respond to the letters from BNP 
Paribas, their accounts were transferred to ATS.

Following the acquisition of Alliance Trust Savings by 
interactive investor, ATS self-directed accounts were 
transferred to the interactive investor platform on 14 
October 2019.

117

Annual Report & Accounts 2022OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsGlossary and AIFMD disclosureNotice of AGMShareholder informationInvesting in TR Property Investment Trust plc
continued

Share fraud and boiler room scams
Shareholders in a number of Investment Trusts have 
been approached as part of a share fraud where they 
are informed of an opportunity to sell their shares as the 
company is subject to a takeover bid. This is not true and 
is an attempt to defraud shareholders. The share fraud 
also seeks payment of a ‘commission’ by shareholders to 
the parties carrying out the fraud.

Shareholders should remain alert to this type of scam 
and treat with suspicion any contact by telephone 
offering an attractive investment opportunity, such 
as a premium price for your shares, or an attempt to 
convince you that payment is required in order to release 
a settlement for your shares. These frauds may also offer 
to sell your shares in companies which have little or no 
value or may offer you bonus shares. These so called 
‘boiler room’ scams can also involve an attempt to obtain 
your personal and/or banking information with which to 
commit identity fraud.

The caller may be friendly and reassuring or they may 
take a more urgent tone, encouraging you to act quickly 
otherwise you could lose money or miss out on a deal.

If you have been contacted by an unauthorised firm 
regarding your shares the FCA would like to hear  
from you. You can report an unauthorised firm using 
the FCA helpline on 0800 111 6768 or by visiting their 
website, which also has other useful information,  
at www.fca.org.uk.

If you receive any unsolicited investment advice  
make sure you get the correct name of the person  
and organisation. If the calls persist, hang up. If you 
deal with an unauthorised firm, you will not be eligible 
to receive payment under the Financial Services 
Compensation Scheme.

Please be advised that the Board or the Manager would 
never make unsolicited telephone calls of such a nature 
to shareholders.

118

TR Property Investment TrustHow to invest

One of the most convenient ways to invest in TR Property Investment Trust plc 
is through one of the savings plans run by BMO.

BMO ISA
You can use your ISA allowance to make an annual 
tax-efficient investment of up to £20,000 for the current tax 
year with a lump sum from £100 or regular savings from £25 
a month. You can also transfer any existing ISAs to us whilst 
maintaining the tax benefits.

BMO Junior ISA (JISA)*
A tax efficient way to invest up to £9,000 per tax year 
for a child. Contributions start from £100 lump sum or 
£25 a month. JISAs or CTFs with other providers can be 
transferred to BMO.

BMO Lifetime ISA (LISA)
For those aged 18-39, a Lifetime ISA could help towards 
purchasing your first home or retirement in later life. Invest 
up to £4,000 for the current tax year and receive a 25% 
Government bonus up to £1,000 per year. Invest with a lump 
sum from £100 or regular savings from £25 a month.

BMO Child Trust Fund (CTF)*
If your child already has a CTF you can invest up to £9,000 
per birthday year, from £100 lump sum or £25 a month. CTFs 
with other providers can be transferred to BMO.

BMO General Investment Account (GIA)
This is a flexible way to invest in our range of Investment 
Trusts. There are no maximum contributions, and 
investments can be made from £100 lump sum or  
£25 a month.

Charges
Annual management charges and other charges apply according to 
the type of plan.

Annual account charge
ISA/LISA: £60+VAT  
GIA: £40+VAT  
JISA/JIA/CTF: £25+VAT
You can pay the annual charge from your account, or by direct 
debit (in addition to any annual subscription limits).

Dealing charges
£12 per fund (reduced to £0 for deals placed through the 
online BMO Investor Portal) for ISA/GIA/LISA/JIA and JISA. 
There are no dealing charges on a CTF.

Dealing charges apply when shares are bought or sold but 
not on the reinvestment of dividends or the investment of 
monthly direct debits.

Government stamp duty of 0.5% also applies on the purchase 
of shares (where applicable).

The value of investments can go down as well as up and 
you may not get back your original investment. Tax benefits 
depend on your individual circumstances and tax allowances 
and rules may change. Please ensure you have read the 
full Terms and Conditions, Privacy Policy and relevant 
Key Features documents before investing. For regulatory 
purposes, please ensure you have read the Pre-sales Cost & 
Charges disclosure related to the product you are applying for, 
and the relevant Key Information Documents (KIDs) for the 
investment trusts you want to invest into.

BMO Junior Investment Account (JIA)
This is a flexible way to save for a child in our range of Investment 
Trusts. There are no maximum contributions, and the plan can 
easily be set up under bare trust (where the child is noted as 
the beneficial owner) or kept in your name if you wish to retain 
control over the investment. Investments can be made from a 
£100 lump sum or £25 a month per account. You can also make 
additional lump sum top-ups at any time from £100 per account.

How to invest
To open a new BMO plan, apply online at bmogam.com/apply
Online applications are not available if you are transferring  
an existing plan with another provider to BMO, or if you are 
applying for a new plan in more than one name but paper 
applications are available at bmoinvestments.co.uk/ 
documents or by contacting BMO.

*     The CTF and JISA accounts are opened by parents in the child’s name and 

they have access to the money at age 18.

** Calls may be recorded or monitored for training and quality purposes.

New customers
Call:  
Email:  

0800 136 420** (8.30am – 5.30pm, weekdays)  
info@bmogam.com

Part of

© 2022 BMO Global Asset Management. BMO Global Asset Management 
is a registered trading name for various affiliated entities of BMO Global 
Asset Management (EMEA) that provide investment management services, 
institutional client services and securities products. Financial promotions are 
issued for marketing and information purposes; in the United Kingdom by 
BMO Asset Management Limited, which is authorised and regulated by the 
Financial Conduct Authority. This entity is a wholly owned subsidiary of Columbia 
Threadneedle Investments UK International Limited, whose direct parent is 
Ameriprise Inc., a company incorporated in the United States. It was formerly part 
of BMO Financial Group and is currently using the “BMO” mark under licence. 

Existing plan holders
Call:  
Email:  
By post: 

0345 600 3030** (9.00am – 5.00pm, weekdays) 
investor.enquiries@bmogam.com
 BMO Administration Centre PO Box 11114 Chelmsford 
CM99 2DG

You can also invest in the trust through online dealing platforms 
for private investors that offer share dealing and ISAs. Companies 
include: Barclays Stockbrokers, EQi, Halifax, Hargreaves Lansdown, 
HSBC, Interactive Investor, Lloyds Bank, The Share Centre

bmoinvestments.co.uk

bmoinvestmentsuk

0345 600 3030, 9.00am – 5.00pm, weekdays, 
calls may be recorded or monitored for 
training and quality purposes.

119

Annual Report & Accounts 2022OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsGlossary and AIFMD disclosureNotice of AGMShareholder informationTR Property Investment
Trust plc is managed by